TWI875930B - Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element - Google Patents
Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI875930B TWI875930B TW110102234A TW110102234A TWI875930B TW I875930 B TWI875930 B TW I875930B TW 110102234 A TW110102234 A TW 110102234A TW 110102234 A TW110102234 A TW 110102234A TW I875930 B TWI875930 B TW I875930B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- resin composition
- preferred
- film
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
Abstract
本發明的課題在於提供一種即使在由樹脂組成物構成之膜上形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜時,亦可抑制在上述另一膜上產生缺陷之樹脂組成物、藉由硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件。可藉由如下方法解決本發明的問題,亦即包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂和滿足下述條件1及條件2中的至少1個之界面活性劑之樹脂組成物、藉由硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,條件1:分子量為500以下;條件2:能夠在250℃的加熱下分解。The present invention aims to provide a resin composition capable of suppressing the generation of defects in a film composed of a resin composition even when another film composed of another composition is formed on the other film, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate. The problem of the present invention can be solved by the following method, namely, a resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor and a surfactant satisfying at least one of the following conditions 1 and 2, a cured film formed by curing the above resin composition, a laminate comprising the above cured film, a method for producing the above cured film, and a semiconductor element comprising the above cured film or the above laminate, wherein condition 1: the molecular weight is 500 or less; condition 2: it can be decomposed under heating at 250°C.
Description
本發明有關一種樹脂組成物、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法及半導體元件。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a hardened film, a laminate, a method for manufacturing the hardened film, and a semiconductor device.
聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此可用於各種用途。作為上述用途並沒有特別限定,但若以實際安裝用半導體元件為例,則可舉出作為絕緣膜、密封材料的素材或保護膜的利用。又,亦可用作撓性基板的基底膜或覆蓋膜等。Polyimide or polybenzoxazole has excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, and can be used for various purposes. The above-mentioned use is not particularly limited, but if the semiconductor element for actual mounting is taken as an example, it can be used as an insulating film, a material for a sealing material, or a protective film. In addition, it can also be used as a base film or a cover film of a flexible substrate.
例如在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑以包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂之樹脂組成物的形態使用。 例如藉由塗佈等將該種樹脂組成物適用於基材上來形成樹脂膜,之後根據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化脂。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物、上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物例如藉由加熱被環化,在硬化膜中分別成為聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑。 能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用樹脂組成物,因此,可以說例如所適用的樹脂組成物在適用時的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計的自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等所具有之高性能以外,該種製造上的適應性優異的觀點考慮,越發期待上述樹脂組成物在產業上的應用拓展。For example, in the above-mentioned use, polyimide or polybenzoxazole is used in the form of a resin composition containing at least one resin selected from the group including polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor. For example, the resin composition is applied to a substrate by coating to form a resin film, and then exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed as needed to form a hardened resin on the substrate. The above-mentioned polyimide precursor and the above-mentioned polybenzoxazole precursor are cyclized by heating, for example, and become polyimide and polybenzoxazole respectively in the hardened film. The resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, and therefore, it can be said that the resin composition has excellent manufacturing adaptability, such as high degree of freedom in designing the shape, size, and application position when applied. In addition to the high performance of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, etc., from the perspective of such excellent manufacturing adaptability, the application of the above-mentioned resin composition in the industry is expected to expand.
例如,專利文獻1中記載有一種樹脂組成物,其特徵為包含(a)特定結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物100質量份、(b)矽酮系界面活性劑0.001~5質量份及(c)有機溶劑。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a resin composition characterized by comprising (a) 100 parts by mass of a polyimide precursor having a specific structure, (b) 0.001 to 5 parts by mass of a silicone-based surfactant, and (c) an organic solvent.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2019-090047號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-090047
在包含由樹脂組成物構成之膜之積層體的製造中,有在由樹脂組成物構成之膜上形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜的情況。In the production of a laminate including a film composed of a resin composition, there is a case where another film composed of another composition is formed on the film composed of the resin composition.
本發明的目的在於提供一種即使在由樹脂組成物構成之膜上形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜時,亦可抑制在上述另一膜上產生缺陷之樹脂組成物、藉由硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件。An object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition that can suppress the generation of defects in another film even when another film composed of another composition is formed on a film composed of a resin composition, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate.
以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其係包含: 選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂;及 滿足下述條件1及條件2中的至少1個之界面活性劑, 條件1:分子量為500以下; 條件2:能夠在250℃的加熱下分解。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述界面活性劑係非離子性界面活性劑。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述界面活性劑係具有氟原子之化合物。 <4>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述界面活性劑獨自的揮發性在25℃、1氣壓下為1μm/分鐘以上。 <5>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 相對於樹脂組成物中包含之所有界面活性劑的總質量之上述界面活性劑的含量為50質量%以上。 <6>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係進一步包含內酯系溶劑。 <7>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 作為上述樹脂,至少包含2種樹脂。 <8>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係用於形成膜,該膜供於使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影。 <9>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係用於形成膜,該膜由本發明的樹脂組成物構成,在上述膜上形成由其他組成物構成且與上述膜接觸之另一膜。 <10>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係用於形成供於包括加熱之製程中的膜。 <11>如<1>或<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其係用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <12>一種硬化膜,其係藉由硬化<1>至<11>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物而成。 <13>一種積層體,其係包含2層以上<12>所述之硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層。 <14>一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括將<1>至<11>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基板而形成膜之膜形成製程。 <15>如<14>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程。 <16>如<14>或<15>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱製程。 <17>一種半導體元件,其係包含<12>所述之硬化膜或<13>所述之積層體。 [發明效果]Representative examples of the present invention are shown below. <1> A resin composition comprising: At least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor; and A surfactant that satisfies at least one of the following conditions 1 and 2: Condition 1: molecular weight is 500 or less; Condition 2: capable of decomposing under heating at 250°C. <2> The resin composition as described in <1>, wherein The surfactant is a non-ionic surfactant. <3> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein The surfactant is a compound having fluorine atoms. <4> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the volatility of the above-mentioned surfactant alone is 1 μm/minute or more at 25°C and 1 atmosphere. <5> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the content of the above-mentioned surfactant relative to the total mass of all surfactants contained in the resin composition is 50% by mass or more. <6> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which further contains a lactone solvent. <7> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein at least two types of resins are contained as the above-mentioned resin. <8> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which is used to form a film for development using a developer containing an organic solvent. <9> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which is used to form a film, the film is composed of the resin composition of the present invention, and another film composed of another composition and in contact with the above film is formed on the above film. <10> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which is used to form a film for use in a process including heating. <11> The resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <12> A cured film formed by curing the resin composition described in any one of <1> to <11>. <13> A laminate comprising two or more cured films described in <12>, wherein a metal layer is included between any of the cured films. <14> A method for producing a cured film, comprising a film forming process of applying the resin composition described in any one of <1> to <11> to a substrate to form a film. <15> The method for producing a cured film as described in <14>, comprising an exposure process of exposing the film and a development process of developing the film. <16> The method for producing a cured film as described in <14> or <15>, comprising a heating process of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured film described in <12> or the laminated body described in <13>. [Effect of the invention]
根據本發明,提供一種即使在由樹脂組成物構成之膜上形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜時,亦可抑制在上述另一膜上產生缺陷之樹脂組成物、硬化上述樹脂組成物而成之硬化膜、包含上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包含上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件。According to the present invention, there are provided a resin composition capable of suppressing the generation of defects in another film even when another film composed of another composition is formed on a film composed of a resin composition, a cured film formed by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中利用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中“製程”這一術語不僅表示獨立的製程,只要能夠實現該製程的所需作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他製程明確區分之製程。 關於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代之標記同時包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代的烷基),還包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要沒有特別說明,除了利用光的曝光以外,還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任1個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任1個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任1個。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分表示從組成物的總成分去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係除了溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定),並定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)作為管柱來求出。該等分子量只要沒有特別說明,將使用THF(四氫呋喃)測定者作為洗提液。又,只要沒有特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,所關注的複數層中成為基準的層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,在成為基準的層與上述其他層之間可進一步夾有第3層或第3要件,而成為基準的層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,只要沒有特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在感光層時,將從基材朝向感光層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。此外,該等上下方向的設定是為了本說明書中的便利,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂上朝向不同。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,作為組成物中包含之各成分,組成物可以包含符合該成分的2種以上的化合物。又,只要沒有特別說明,組成物中的各成分的含量表示符合該成分的所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments indicated. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the symbol "~" indicates a range including the numerical values before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "process" not only indicates an independent process, but also includes processes that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the desired effect of the process can be achieved. Regarding the marking of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the marking of unsubstituted and unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, "exposure" includes exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, in addition to exposure using light, unless otherwise specified. In addition, as light used for exposure, there can be cited the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams and other actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" means both or either of "acryl" and "methacryl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content means the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total components of the composition. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement) and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and using protective columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) as columns. Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement uses a UV (ultraviolet) wavelength 254nm detector. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is recorded as "up" or "down", it is sufficient that other layers exist on the upper side or lower side of the layer that serves as the reference among the multiple layers concerned. That is, a third layer or a third element may be further sandwiched between the layer that serves as the reference and the other layers mentioned above, and the layer that serves as the reference and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the direction of stacking layers on the substrate is called "up", or when there is a photosensitive layer, the direction from the substrate toward the photosensitive layer is called "up", and the opposite direction is called "down". In addition, the setting of these up and down directions is for the convenience of this specification. In actual forms, the "up" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical up direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, as each component contained in the composition, the composition may contain two or more compounds that meet the requirements of the component. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all compounds that meet the requirements of the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this specification, the combination of the best state is the best state.
(樹脂組成物) 本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)和滿足下述條件1及條件2中的至少1個之界面活性劑(以下,亦稱為“特定界面活性劑”。)。 條件1:分子量為500以下。 條件2:能夠在250℃的加熱下分解。(Resin composition) The resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific resin") and a surfactant satisfying at least one of the following conditions 1 and 2 (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific surfactant"). Condition 1: Molecular weight is 500 or less. Condition 2: Able to decompose under heating at 250°C.
本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成供於顯影之膜為較佳,用於形成供於使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影之膜為較佳。 作為上述顯影液及上述顯影的方法,例如,可使用在後述之硬化膜的製造方法的說明中的顯影製程中說明的顯影液及顯影方法。The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a film for development, and is preferably used to form a film for development using a developer containing an organic solvent. As the above-mentioned developer and the above-mentioned developing method, for example, the developer and the developing method described in the developing process in the description of the method for producing a cured film described later can be used.
本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成由本發明的樹脂組成物構成並且在上述膜上形成由其他組成物構成且與上述膜接觸之另一膜之膜為較佳。 由上述本發明的樹脂組成物構成之膜與另一膜至少一部分直接接觸即可。 亦即,本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成在藉由積層相互接觸之2個組成物層而成之積層體上先形成之組成物層為較佳。 作為上述另一膜的製造方法,例如,可舉出在後述之硬化膜的製造方法的說明中的積層製程中記載之方法。 又,由上述本發明的樹脂組成物構成之膜係藉由包括加熱之製程形成之膜為較佳。 又,上述其他組成物可以為本發明的樹脂組成物,亦可以為另一組成物。 作為其他組成物,至少包含樹脂之組成物為較佳,包含特定樹脂之組成物為更佳。又,作為其他組成物,可以使用本發明的樹脂組成物。The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a film composed of the resin composition of the present invention and formed on the above film, another film composed of another composition and in contact with the above film. The film composed of the above resin composition of the present invention may be in direct contact with at least a portion of the other film. That is, the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a component layer first formed on a laminated body formed by two component layers in contact with each other by lamination. As a method for producing the above another film, for example, the method described in the lamination process in the description of the method for producing a cured film described later can be cited. Furthermore, the film composed of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably formed by a process including heating. Furthermore, the other composition may be the resin composition of the present invention or another composition. As the other composition, a composition containing at least a resin is preferred, and a composition containing a specific resin is more preferred. Furthermore, as the other composition, the resin composition of the present invention may be used.
本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成供於包括加熱之製程中的膜為較佳。 作為包括加熱之製程,可舉出在後述之硬化膜的製造方法的說明中的加熱製程。The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a film for use in a process including heating. As a process including heating, the heating process described in the method for producing a cured film described later can be cited.
本發明的樹脂組成物即使在由樹脂組成物構成之膜上形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜時,亦可抑制在上述另一膜上產生缺陷。 獲得上述效果之機制尚不明確,但可推測如下。The resin composition of the present invention can suppress the generation of defects in another film even when another film composed of another composition is formed on a film composed of the resin composition. The mechanism for achieving the above effect is not yet clear, but it can be inferred as follows.
例如,如專利文獻1中所記載,使用包含特定樹脂之樹脂組成物來形成膜時,使樹脂組成物含有界面活性劑以提高塗佈性。 然而,使用包含界面活性劑之樹脂組成物來形成膜時,在所形成之膜表面上存在上述界面活性劑,在上述膜上形成由樹脂組成物等其他組成物構成之另一膜時,存在如下情況:由於適用其他組成物的時的潤濕性下降,例如塗佈時的塗佈性下降等而在上述另一膜上產生缺陷。 在本發明中,認為藉由使用滿足上述條件1及條件2中的至少1個之界面活性劑(特定界面活性劑),膜在形成時或形成後由於特定界面活性劑藉由揮發、分解等而不易殘留於膜表面,即使在上述膜上進一步塗佈樹脂組成物等組成物時,亦可以抑制產生缺陷。 又,根據本發明的樹脂組成物,在所獲得之膜中,藉由上述揮發、分解等包含在膜中的特定界面活性劑的至少一部分被去除,因此推測所獲得之膜與金屬的密接性亦容易優異。For example, as described in Patent Document 1, when a resin composition containing a specific resin is used to form a film, the resin composition is made to contain a surfactant to improve the coating property. However, when a film is formed using a resin composition containing a surfactant, the surfactant is present on the surface of the formed film, and when another film composed of another composition such as the resin composition is formed on the above film, there is a situation in which defects are generated on the above another film due to a decrease in wettability when applying the other composition, for example, a decrease in coating property during coating. In the present invention, it is believed that by using a surfactant (specific surfactant) that satisfies at least one of the above conditions 1 and 2, the specific surfactant is unlikely to remain on the film surface during or after the film is formed due to volatilization, decomposition, etc., and even when a resin composition or other composition is further applied on the above film, the generation of defects can be suppressed. In addition, according to the resin composition of the present invention, in the obtained film, at least a part of the specific surfactant contained in the film is removed by the above volatilization, decomposition, etc., so it is estimated that the obtained film is also likely to have excellent adhesion to metal.
以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物中包含之成分進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the components contained in the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<特定界面活性劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含特定界面活性劑。 在本發明中,界面活性劑係指包含在樹脂組成物中之成分,其使樹脂組成物的表面張力比不包含該成分之組成物變得更低。<Specific surfactant> The resin composition of the present invention contains a specific surfactant. In the present invention, the surfactant refers to a component contained in the resin composition, which makes the surface tension of the resin composition lower than that of a composition not containing the component.
特定界面活性劑滿足上述條件1及條件2中的至少1個即可,亦可以滿足兩者,但至少滿足上述條件1為較佳。 特定界面活性劑僅滿足上述條件2時,特定界面活性劑的分子量例如為300~200,000為較佳,1,000~100,000為更佳。The specific surfactant may satisfy at least one of the above conditions 1 and 2, or both, but it is preferred to satisfy at least the above condition 1. When the specific surfactant satisfies only the above condition 2, the molecular weight of the specific surfactant is preferably 300 to 200,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 100,000, for example.
上述條件1中的分子量並沒有特別限定,例如,可藉由公知的質量分析等方法來測定。 又,特定界面活性劑具有分子量分布時,上述分子量表示重量平均分子量。 滿足上述條件1之界面活性劑係滿足下述條件1-1之界面活性劑為較佳,滿足下述條件1-2之界面活性劑為更佳,滿足下述條件1-3之界面活性劑為更佳。 條件1-1:分子量為400以下。 條件1-2:分子量為350以下。 條件1-3:分子量為320以下。The molecular weight in the above condition 1 is not particularly limited, and can be measured, for example, by a known mass analysis method. In addition, when the specific surfactant has a molecular weight distribution, the above molecular weight represents the weight average molecular weight. The surfactant satisfying the above condition 1 is preferably a surfactant satisfying the following condition 1-1, more preferably a surfactant satisfying the following condition 1-2, and more preferably a surfactant satisfying the following condition 1-3. Condition 1-1: The molecular weight is 400 or less. Condition 1-2: The molecular weight is 350 or less. Condition 1-3: The molecular weight is 320 or less.
可藉由下述方法確認在上述條件2中界面活性劑是否能夠在250℃的加熱下分解。 將界面活性劑在耐壓膠囊中,以5℃/分鐘加熱至250℃,讀取溫度最低的發熱峰的峰溫度,上述峰溫度低於溫度A時,能夠判定能夠藉由溫度A的加熱而分解。 滿足上述條件2之界面活性劑係滿足下述條件2-1之界面活性劑為較佳,滿足下述條件2-2之界面活性劑為更佳,滿足下述條件2-3之界面活性劑為更佳。 條件2-1:能夠在230℃的加熱下分解。 條件2-2:能夠在200℃的加熱下分解。 條件2-3:能夠在180℃的加熱下分解。Whether the surfactant in the above condition 2 can be decomposed by heating at 250°C can be confirmed by the following method. The surfactant is heated to 250°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule, and the peak temperature of the lowest temperature heat peak is read. When the peak temperature is lower than temperature A, it can be determined that the surfactant can be decomposed by heating at temperature A. The surfactant that satisfies the above condition 2 is preferably the surfactant that satisfies the following condition 2-1, more preferably the surfactant that satisfies the following condition 2-2, and more preferably the surfactant that satisfies the following condition 2-3. Condition 2-1: Decomposition can be achieved by heating at 230°C. Condition 2-2: Decomposition can be achieved by heating at 200°C. Condition 2-3: Able to decompose under heating at 180°C.
作為特定界面活性劑,可以為非離子性界面活性劑,亦可以為離子性界面活性劑,從抑制上述另一膜上的缺陷的觀點考慮,非離子性界面活性劑為較佳。 在本發明中,非離子性界面活性劑係指在樹脂組成物中未離子化之化合物。 在非離子性界面活性劑中,具有可以被氟原子取代之烷基及酯鍵之化合物或具有可以被氟原子取代之烷基及矽氧烷鍵之化合物為較佳,具有氟化烷基及酯鍵之化合物或具有氟化烷基及矽氧烷鍵之化合物為更佳,具有氟化烷基及酯鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 作為氟化烷基的較佳態樣,可舉出由後述之式(1-1)表示之基團。As a specific surfactant, it can be a non-ionic surfactant or an ionic surfactant. From the perspective of suppressing defects on the above-mentioned other film, a non-ionic surfactant is preferred. In the present invention, a non-ionic surfactant refers to a compound that is not ionized in the resin composition. Among non-ionic surfactants, a compound having an alkyl group and an ester bond that can be substituted by a fluorine atom or a compound having an alkyl group and a siloxane bond that can be substituted by a fluorine atom is preferred, a compound having a fluorinated alkyl group and an ester bond or a compound having a fluorinated alkyl group and a siloxane bond is more preferred, and a compound having a fluorinated alkyl group and an ester bond is further preferred. As a preferred embodiment of the fluorinated alkyl group, a group represented by the formula (1-1) described later can be mentioned.
作為特定界面活性劑,具有氟原子之化合物為較佳。 特定界面活性劑具有氟化烷基作為具有氟原子之基團為較佳。 作為氟化烷基,並沒有特別限定,由下述式(1-1)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式1] 在式(1-1)中,n表示1以上的整數,R表示氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團。 在式(1-1)中,n表示1~10的整數為較佳,1~4的整數為更佳。 在式(1-1)中,R係氫原子或氟原子為較佳,氫原子為更佳。作為R中的1價有機基團,並沒有特別限定,在可獲得本發明的效果之範圍內選擇即可,可較佳地舉出烷基、芳基等。As the specific surfactant, a compound having a fluorine atom is preferred. The specific surfactant preferably has a fluorinated alkyl group as the group having a fluorine atom. The fluorinated alkyl group is not particularly limited, but a group represented by the following formula (1-1) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (1-1), n represents an integer greater than 1, and R represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group. In formula (1-1), n preferably represents an integer of 1 to 10, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 4. In formula (1-1), R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. The monovalent organic group in R is not particularly limited, and may be selected within the range in which the effect of the present invention can be obtained, and preferably includes an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like.
又,作為特定界面活性劑,可以使用具有聚合性基團之化合物。作為聚合性基團,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等作用進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。作為聚合性基團的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯基醚基、乙烯基苯基、烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、((甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 在本發明中,符合特定界面活性劑之成分設為不符合後述之交聯劑等成分。In addition, as a specific surfactant, a compound having a polymerizable group can be used. As a polymerizable group, it is a group that can undergo a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc., and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. As specific examples of the polymerizable group, there can be cited a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxadiazole group, a blocked isocyanate group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an amino group. As the group having ethylenic unsaturated bonds, vinyl, vinyl ether, vinyl phenyl, allyl, (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acryloxy, etc. can be cited, and (meth)acryloxy is preferred. In the present invention, the component that meets the requirements of the specific surfactant is set to be a component that does not meet the requirements of the crosslinking agent described later.
從抑制上述另一膜上的缺陷的觀點考慮,作為特定界面活性劑,獨自的揮發性在25℃、1氣壓下為1μm/分鐘以上為較佳。 在本發明中,1氣壓係指101,325Pa。 上述獨自的揮發性的下限為2μm/分鐘以上為較佳,5μm/分鐘以上為更佳。又,上限為1000μm/分鐘以下為較佳。 在本發明中,上述獨自的揮發性並沒有特別限定,例如可藉由下述方法測定。 在平坦的支撐體上滴加特定界面活性劑,製作成從支撐體表面的鉛垂方向觀察時的半徑為約2mm的圓形形狀之液滴。 根據上述液滴的接觸角及液滴的半徑算出液滴近似球冠時的曲率半徑(r1)。 之後,將上述液滴在25℃、1氣壓下靜置,經過特定時間之後,再次算出接觸角及液滴的半徑,並算出曲率半徑(r2)。 藉由將上述曲率半徑(r1)與上述曲率半徑(r2)之差除以經過時間,算出揮發性(μm/分鐘)。 上述接觸角並沒有特別限定,例如,能夠按照JIS R 1703:2007中記載之測定方法測定。又,亦可以利用公知的接觸角量測儀測定。From the viewpoint of suppressing defects on the other film, as a specific surfactant, the volatility of the specific surfactant is preferably 1 μm/min or more at 25°C and 1 atmosphere. In the present invention, 1 atmosphere refers to 101,325 Pa. The lower limit of the above-mentioned volatility is preferably 2 μm/min or more, and 5 μm/min or more is more preferred. In addition, the upper limit is preferably 1000 μm/min or less. In the present invention, the above-mentioned volatility is not particularly limited, and can be measured, for example, by the following method. A specific surfactant is dripped on a flat support to prepare a circular droplet with a radius of about 2 mm when observed in the vertical direction of the support surface. The curvature radius (r1) when the droplet approximates a spherical cap is calculated based on the contact angle of the droplet and the radius of the droplet. After that, the droplet is left at 25°C and 1 atmosphere, and after a certain period of time, the contact angle and the radius of the droplet are calculated again, and the curvature radius (r2) is calculated. The volatility (μm/minute) is calculated by dividing the difference between the curvature radius (r1) and the curvature radius (r2) by the elapsed time. The contact angle is not particularly limited, and can be measured, for example, according to the measurement method described in JIS R 1703:2007. In addition, it can also be measured using a known contact angle measuring instrument.
作為特定界面活性劑,可較佳地舉出由下述式(1-2)表示之化合物。 [化學式2] 在式(1-2)中,A1 表示聚合性基團,a及b分別獨立地表示1以上的整數,L1 表示a+b價連結基,n表示1以上的整數,R表示氫原子或1價有機基團。As the specific surfactant, preferably, a compound represented by the following formula (1-2) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (1-2), A1 represents a polymerizable group, a and b each independently represent an integer greater than 1, L1 represents an a+b valent linking group, n represents an integer greater than 1, and R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
在式(1-2)中,A1 表示聚合性基團。作為聚合性基團,可舉出上述聚合性基團,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 在式(1-2)中,a表示1以上的整數,1~4的整數為較佳,1或2的整數為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 在式(1-2)中,L1 表示a+b價連結基,a+b價烴基為較佳,a+b價飽和脂肪族烴基、a+b價芳香族烴基或由該等的組合表示之基團為更佳,a+b價飽和脂肪族烴基為更佳。作為上述飽和脂肪族烴基,碳數1~20的飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳,碳數1~10的飽和脂肪族烴基為更佳,碳數1~4的飽和脂肪族烴基為進一步較佳,碳數1的飽和脂肪族烴基為特佳。作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,碳數6~10的芳香族烴基為更佳,碳數6的芳香族烴基為進一步較佳。 在式(1-2)中,n、R的含義與上述式(1-1)中的n、R相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 在式(1-2)中,b表示1以上的整數,1~4的整數為較佳,1或2的整數為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 b係2以上的整數時,b個n、R可以分別相同,亦可以不同。 又,在本發明中,a及b均為1的態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。In formula (1-2), A1 represents a polymerizable group. As the polymerizable group, the above-mentioned polymerizable groups can be cited, and (meth)acryloyloxy is preferred. In formula (1-2), a represents an integer greater than 1, preferably an integer from 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. In formula (1-2), L1 represents an a+b valent linking group, preferably an a+b valent alkyl group, more preferably an a+b valent saturated aliphatic alkyl group, an a+b valent aromatic alkyl group, or a group represented by a combination thereof, and more preferably an a+b valent saturated aliphatic alkyl group. As the saturated aliphatic alkyl group, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferred, and a saturated aliphatic alkyl group having 1 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. As the aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an aromatic alkyl group having 6 carbon atoms is further preferred. In formula (1-2), n and R have the same meanings as n and R in formula (1-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (1-2), b represents an integer greater than or equal to 1, preferably an integer from 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1. When b is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the b n and R may be the same or different. In the present invention, the embodiment in which both a and b are 1 is also one of the preferred embodiments.
作為特定界面活性劑的具體例,可舉出Viscoat 8FM、4F、V8F(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)、硬脂酸甘油酯、MEGAFACE DS-21(DIC Corporation製)、1,1,1,3,5,5,5-七甲基-3-(3,3,3-三氟丙基)戊三矽氧烷等,並不限定於此。Specific examples of the specific surfactant include Viscoat 8FM, 4F, and V8F (manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), glyceryl stearate, MEGAFACE DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and 1,1,1,3,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl) pentatrisiloxane, but are not limited thereto.
特定界面活性劑的含量並沒有特別限定,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,0.1~10質量%為較佳,0.3~5質量%為更佳,0.7~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以單獨包含1種特定界面活性劑,亦可以包含2種以上。本發明的樹脂組成物包含2種以上特定界面活性劑時,特定界面活性劑的含量的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the specific surfactant is not particularly limited. Relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, 0.1 to 10 mass % is preferred, 0.3 to 5 mass % is more preferred, and 0.7 to 2.5 mass % is further preferred. The resin composition of the present invention may contain one specific surfactant alone or two or more. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific surfactants, the total content of the specific surfactant is preferably within the above range.
又,相對於樹脂組成物中包含之所有界面活性劑的總質量之特定界面活性劑含量為50質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述含量的上限並沒有特別限定,可以為100質量%。上述“所有界面活性劑的總質量”係指特定界面活性劑的含量(包含2種以上時為該等的合計量)和包含在組成物之成分中符合界面活性劑且不滿足上述條件1及條件2中的任1個之成分的含量(包含2種以上時為該等的合計量)之和。 作為包含在組成物之成分中符合界面活性劑且不滿足上述條件1及條件2中的任1個之成分,可舉出後述之其他界面活性劑。In addition, the specific surfactant content relative to the total mass of all surfactants contained in the resin composition is preferably 50 mass% or more, 80 mass% or more is more preferably, and 90 mass% or more is further preferably. The upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited and can be 100 mass%. The above "total mass of all surfactants" refers to the sum of the content of the specific surfactant (the total amount of such when it contains more than two kinds) and the content of the components that meet the requirements of surfactants and do not meet any one of the above conditions 1 and 2 (the total amount of such when it contains more than two kinds). As the components that meet the requirements of surfactants and do not meet any one of the above conditions 1 and 2, other surfactants described later can be cited.
所獲得之圖案表面上的水接觸角為0°~110°為較佳,20°~80°為更佳。 上述接觸角並沒有特別限定,例如,能夠按照JIS R 1703:2007中記載之測定方法測定。又,亦可以利用公知的接觸角量測儀測定。The water contact angle on the obtained pattern surface is preferably 0° to 110°, and more preferably 20° to 80°. The above contact angle is not particularly limited, and can be measured, for example, according to the measurement method described in JIS R 1703:2007. In addition, it can also be measured using a known contact angle measuring instrument.
<特定樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 作為特定樹脂,本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為更佳。 又,特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團為較佳。 特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團時,樹脂組成物包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳,包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑且包含後述之自由基交聯劑為更佳,包含後述之光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑、包含後述之自由基交聯劑且包含後述之敏化劑為進一步較佳。例如,由該種樹脂組成物形成負型感光層。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 特定樹脂具有酸分解性基時,樹脂組成物包含後述之光酸產生劑作為感光劑為較佳。例如,由該種樹脂組成物形成作為化學增幅型的正型感光層或負型感光層。<Specific resin> The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor. As the specific resin, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains polyimide or polyimide precursor, and more preferably contains polyimide precursor. In addition, the specific resin preferably has a free radical polymerizable group. When the specific resin has a radical polymerizable group, the resin composition preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent, more preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent and includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and further preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitive agent, includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and includes the sensitizer described below. For example, a negative photosensitive layer is formed by such a resin composition. In addition, the specific resin may have a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, the resin composition preferably includes the photoacid generator described below as a photosensitive agent. For example, a positive photosensitive layer or a negative photosensitive layer of a chemically amplified type is formed from the resin composition.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物並不特別限定其種類等,包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 式(2) [化學式3] 在式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價有機基團,R115 表示4價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polyimide Precursor] The polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in type, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2) [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(2)中的A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R111 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳之實施形態,可例示係由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團的情況。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。該等較佳範圍如上所述。 A1 and A2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom. R111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, preferably linear or branched aliphatic groups with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms or groups composed of these groups, and more preferably groups containing aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be exemplified. Wherein, Ar is independently an aromatic group, L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the above. The preferred ranges are as described above.
R111 由二胺衍生為較佳。作為在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團之二胺為較佳,包含由碳數6~20的芳香族基構成之基團之二胺為更佳。作為芳香族基的例子,可舉出下述芳香族基。R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the preparation of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group consisting of a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing a group consisting of an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of aromatic groups include the following aromatic groups.
[化學式4] 式中,A係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -、NHCO-或該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO2 -之基團為更佳,-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-C(CH3 )2 -為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 4] In the formula, A is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, NHCO-, or a combination thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -; and even more preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -. In the formula, * indicates a bonding site with other structures.
作為二胺,具體而言可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少1種二胺。As the diamine, specifically, there can be mentioned 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'- Dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; meta-phenylenediamine or para-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone or 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2' -Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4, 4'-Bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4' -Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3', 5,5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane 1,5-Bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) At least one of the following diamines: 4,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotoluidine and 4,4’-diaminoquaternaryl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中記載之在主鏈上具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.
從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或NHCO-、或者由上述之2個以上的組合構成之基團。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the foregoing. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or SO 2 -. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is preferably an alkylene group.
從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基團為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基團為更佳。 式(51) [化學式5] 在式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價有機基團,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代的烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式6] 在式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為賦予式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可舉出2,2'-二甲對聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。From the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 5] In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of the diamine compound that imparts the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
此外,亦能夠較佳地使用以下二胺。 [化學式7] In addition, the following diamine can also be preferably used. [Chemical Formula 7]
式(2)中的R115 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,包含芳香環之4價有機基團為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。在式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式8] 在式(5)中,R112 表示單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及NHCO-、以及選自該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及SO2 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents a bonding site with other structures. [Chemical Formula 8] In formula (5), R 112 preferably represents a single bond or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and NHCO-, and a group selected from the combination thereof; more preferably, it represents a single bond or a group selected from an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- and SO 2 -; and even more preferably, it represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and SO 2 -.
具體而言,R115 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式9] 在式(O)中,R115 表示4價有機基團。R115 的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 has the same meaning as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.
又,作為較佳例,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Moreover, as a more preferred example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.
R111 和R115 中的至少1個具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferred that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, R 111 includes a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個包含聚合性基團為較佳,兩者均包含聚合性基團為更佳。作為聚合性基團,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等作用進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。作為聚合性基團的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基團,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc., and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxycyclobutyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an amino group. As the free radical polymerizable group possessed by a polyimide precursor, a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III). The group represented by the following formula (III) is preferred.
[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]
在式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 在式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 在式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或聚伸烷氧基。 關於較佳之R201 的例子,可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基直接鍵結2個以上之基團。聚伸烷氧基中包含之複數個伸烷氧基的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同的複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為隨機排列,可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(伸烷基具有取代基時,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)係2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include an ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,2-butanediyl group, a 1,3-butanediyl group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group, a dodecamethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group. An ethylene group, a propylene group, a trimethylene group, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group are more preferred, and a polyalkylene group is further preferred. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyl group refers to an alkoxyl group directly bonded to two or more groups. The alkylene groups of the multiple alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group may be the same or different. When the polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement with blocks, or an arrangement with alternating patterns. The carbon number of the above-mentioned alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the best. In addition, the above-mentioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be cited. Furthermore, the number of alkoxy groups contained in the polyalkoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and further preferably 2 to 6. As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups is preferred, polyethyleneoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is further preferred. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethyleneoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of ethoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基團。作為1價有機基團,可舉出對構成芳基之1個、2個或3個(較佳為1個)碳鍵結有酸基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之苯基及具有酸基之苄基。酸基係OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 係氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦較佳。R 113 and R 114 are independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, there can be mentioned an aromatic group and an aralkyl group having an acid group bonded to one, two or three (preferably one) carbon atoms constituting the aromatic group. Specifically, there can be mentioned an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms. More specifically, there can be mentioned a phenyl group having an acid group and a benzyl group having an acid group. The acid group is preferably an OH group. It is also preferred that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, a 2-hydroxybenzyl group, a 3-hydroxybenzyl group, and a 4-hydroxybenzyl group.
從在有機溶劑中的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係1價有機基團為較佳。作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,被芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任1個。作為直鏈或支鏈的烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基、2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環的環狀烷基,亦可以為多環的環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀的烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀的烷基,例如,可舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為被芳香族基取代之烷基,被後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代的苯環、萘環、戊搭烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、萘啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、𠮿口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, or an aromatic group is preferred, and an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group is more preferred. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear, branched, or cyclic group. As the linear or branched alkyl group, for example, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, an octadecyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a dibutyl group, a tertiary butyl group, a 1-ethylpentyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group, a 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group, and a 2-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy group. The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cyclic alkyl group or a polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, bornadiyl, bicyclohexyl, and pinenyl. Among them, cyclohexyl is the most preferred from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. Furthermore, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferred. The aromatic group may be a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a naphthyl ring, a pentylene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptylene ring, an indenene ring, a perylene ring, a condensed pentaphenyl ring, an acenaphthene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a condensed tetraphenyl ring, a chrysene ring, a trisphenyl ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ... The ring may be a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, an isobenzofuran ring, a quinoline ring, a quinoline ring, a naphthidine ring, a quinazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a carbazole ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chromene ring, a phenanthroline ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring or a phenanthrene ring. The benzene ring is the most preferred.
在式(2)中,在R113 係氫原子的情況或R114 係氫原子的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹽。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出N,N-二甲基胺丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate salt with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of a tertiary amine compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
R113 及R114 中的至少1個可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要藉由酸的作用分解並產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基,則並沒有特別限定,縮醛基、縮酮基、矽基、矽基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基矽基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基矽基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。At least one of R113 and R114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. An acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, and the like are preferred. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group is more preferred. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl group, and a trimethylsilyl ether group. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuranyl is preferred.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
由式(2)表示之重複單元係由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少1種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的幅度。 式(2-A) [化學式11] 在式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個為包含聚合性基團之基團,兩者均為聚合性基團為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By setting such a structure, the exposure tolerance can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 11] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are polymerizable groups.
A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 的含義與式(5)中的R112 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2), respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred range is also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含1種由式(2)表示之重複結構單元,亦可以包含2種以上。又,可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除上述式(2)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物顯然可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polyimide precursor may contain one or more types of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Furthermore, the polyimide precursor may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). In addition to the repeating unit of formula (2), the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units.
作為本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為由式(2)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of the total repeating units are repeating units represented by formula (2).
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度係藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 25,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 2.7 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited. For example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is more preferred, 3.8 or less is further preferred, 3.2 or less is further preferred, 3.1 or less is further preferred, 3.0 or less is further preferred, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
〔聚醯亞胺〕 用於本發明之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺表示在100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液中,在23℃下溶解0.1g以上的聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上的聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上的聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並沒有特別限定,100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺係在主鏈具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示除其以外的鍵結鏈。[Polyimide] The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developer having an organic solvent as a main component. In this specification, an alkali-soluble polyimide means that in 100 g of a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium aqueous solution, 0.1 g or more of the polyimide is dissolved at 23°C. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, it is preferred to dissolve 0.5 g or more of the polyimide, and it is further preferred to dissolve 1.0 g or more of the polyimide. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, and 100 g or less is preferred. In addition, from the perspective of the membrane strength and insulation of the obtained organic membrane, polyimide having multiple imide structures in the main chain is preferred. In this specification, "main chain" means the longest bond in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" means the other bonds.
-氟原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之氟原子的量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms. The fluorine atom is preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and is more preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as a fluorinated alkyl group. The amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1 to 50 mol/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mol/g.
-矽原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為後述之有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構可以包含在聚醯亞胺的側鏈,但包含在聚醯亞胺的主鏈為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之矽原子的量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that the polyimide has silicon atoms. The silicon atom is preferably contained in, for example, R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and it is more preferable that R 131 is contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure described later. In addition, the above silicon atom or the above organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may be contained in the side chain of the polyimide, but it is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol/g, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol/g.
-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,在側鏈具有為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等具有直接鍵結於芳香環之可以被取代的乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(IV)表示之基團等。- Ethylenically unsaturated bonds - From the viewpoint of the membrane strength of the obtained organic membrane, it is preferable that the polyimide has ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polyimide may have ethylenically unsaturated bonds at the ends of the main chain or in the side chains, preferably in the side chains. The above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds are preferably free radical polymerizable. R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred, and R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is more preferred. Among them, R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred, and R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is more preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a group having an optionally substituted vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).
[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]
在式(IV)中,R20 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為較佳。In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a methyl group.
在式(IV)中,R21 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團。In formula (IV), R 21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms; the number of carbon atoms repeated is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a group consisting of two or more of the above groups.
該等之中,R21 係由下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任1個表示之基團為較佳,由式(R1)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式13] 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與上述R21 中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 在式(R1)中,X係氧原子為較佳。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,*的含義與式(IV)中的*相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 由式(R1)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R2)表示之結構例如可藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R3)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有環氧丙基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。Among them, R21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1). [Chemical Formula 13] In formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group formed by bonding two or more of these groups, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site to other structures, and ● represents a bonding site to the oxygen atom to which R 201 in formula (III) is bonded. In formulas (R1) to (R3), preferred aspects of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in L are the same as preferred aspects of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R 21 described above. In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom. In formulas (R1) to (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and preferred aspects are also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., 2-isocyanateethyl methacrylate, etc.). The structure represented by formula (R2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, etc.). The structure represented by formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (e.g., glycidyl methacrylate, etc.). As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups are preferred, polyethyleneoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is further preferred. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups are bonded to a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethyleneoxy and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspect of the number of repetitions of the ethoxy group and the like in these groups is as described above.
在式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,係與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with the main chain of polyimide.
相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。 又,從製造適性的觀點考慮,相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.0005~0.05mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g. In addition, from the perspective of production suitability, the amount of ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.0005 to 0.05 mol/g.
-除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團。 作為除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。又,從製造適性的觀點考慮,相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.001~0.05mol/g為更佳。-Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds- The polyimide may have crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Examples of the crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and cyclobutylene groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. The crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferably R131 contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of production suitability, the amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g.
-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中的酸分解性基與在上述式(2)的R113 及R114 中說明的酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Polarity Converting Group- The polyimide may have a polarity converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group in the polyimide is the same as the acid-decomposable group described in R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (2), and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
-酸值- 將聚醯亞胺用於鹼顯影時,從提高顯影性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在使用以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述之“溶劑顯影”)中使用聚醯亞胺時,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法測定,例如,藉由記載於JIS K 0070:1992中的方法測定。 又,作為包含在聚醯亞胺中的酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa係考慮由酸釋放氫離子之解離反應並藉由其負的常用對數pKa表示其平衡常數Ka者。在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則將pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)的計算值。或者,可以參考日本化學會編“改訂5版 化學便覽 基礎篇”中記載的值。 又,酸基例如為磷酸等多元酸的情況下,上述pKa係第一解離常數。 作為該種酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基之群組中之至少1種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid value- When polyimide is used for alkaline development, from the viewpoint of improving the developing property, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. In addition, when polyimide is used in development using a developer having an organic solvent as the main component (for example, "solvent development" described later), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 2 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably 3 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mgKOH/g. The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. In addition, as an acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of both storage stability and developing properties, an acid group with a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferred, and an acid group with a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferred. pKa is a dissociation reaction in which hydrogen ions are released from an acid and its equilibrium constant Ka is expressed by its negative common logarithm pKa. In this manual, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). Alternatively, the values described in "Revised 5th Edition Chemical Handbook Basics" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan can be referred to. Furthermore, when the acid group is a polyacid such as phosphoric acid, the above pKa is the first dissociation constant. As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group including a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxyl group.
-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度適當的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之酚性羥基的量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。- Phenolic hydroxyl group - From the viewpoint of making the development speed based on the alkaline developer appropriate, it is preferable that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or at the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in, for example, R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, and more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g.
作為在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳,包含由式(4)表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式14] 在式(4)中,R131 表示2價有機基團,R132 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團時,聚合性基團可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式15] 式(4-1)中,R133 係聚合性基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。 式(4-2) [化學式16] R134 及R135 中的至少1個為聚合性基團,不是聚合性基團的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and more preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the formula (4) and has a polymerizable group. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 14] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When there is a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or may be located at the end of the polyimide as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2). Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 15] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the meanings of other groups are the same as those in formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical formula 16] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and if not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).
聚合性基團的含義與在上述之聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明之聚合性基團相同。 R131 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可舉出去除二胺的胺基後殘留之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The meaning of the polymerizable group is the same as the polymerizable group described in the polymerizable group possessed by the above-mentioned polyimide precursor, etc. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, the same as R 111 in formula (2) can be exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same. In addition, as R 131 , a diamine residue remaining after removing the amino group of a diamine can be cited. As the diamine, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine can be cited. As a specific example, the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be cited.
從燒成時更有效地抑制產生翹曲的觀點考慮,R131 係在主鏈具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在一分子中共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任1個或兩者之二胺,進一步較佳為不包含芳香環之二胺。From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing the generation of warp during firing, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. More preferably, it is a diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule, and further preferably, it is a diamine containing no aromatic ring.
作為共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任1個或兩者之二胺,可舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,Huntsman Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。Examples of the diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in total, or both, include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (these are trade names, manufactured by Huntsman Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, and 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, but are not limited thereto.
R132 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-的部分鍵結而形成縮合環。R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same ones as those for R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, the four connecting bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 are bonded to the four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring.
又,R132 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從有機膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 係具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。 R132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the anhydride group is removed from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, R115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor may be cited. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
在R131 和R132 中的至少1個上具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,可舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述之(DA-1)~(DA-18)作為較佳例,作為R132 ,可舉出上述之(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為更佳例。It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above-mentioned (DA-1) to (DA-18) can be cited as preferred examples, and as R 132 , the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) can be cited as more preferred examples.
又,聚醯亞胺在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms in the structural unit. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封為較佳。該等中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the composition, the main chain ends of the polyimide are preferably sealed with a capping agent such as a monoamine, anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacyl chloride compound, or monoactive ester compound. Among them, monoamines are more preferably used. Preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, Aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.
-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並沒有特別限定,100%以下即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出源自醯亞胺結構的吸收峰亦即1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P2。利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式,能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100-Imidization rate (ring closure rate)- From the viewpoint of the film strength and insulation of the obtained organic film, the imidization rate (also called "ring closure rate") of the polyimide is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned imidization rate is not particularly limited, and it can be 100% or less. For example, the above-mentioned imidization rate can be measured by the following method. Measure the infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide, and determine the peak intensity P1 of the absorption peak originating from the imide structure, that is, near 1377cm -1 . Then, after the polyimide is heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to determine the peak intensity P2 near 1377cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to calculate the imidization rate of the polyimide according to the following formula: Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100
聚醯亞胺可以包括均包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,除上述式(4)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polyimide may include repeating units of the above formula (4) each including one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating units of the above formula (4) including two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (4), the polyimide may also include other types of repeating units.
聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法、低溫中使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物亦即封端劑)與二胺化合物反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後在二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)和縮合劑的存在下使其反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後使剩餘的二羧酸醯氯化並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,將其用習知之醯亞胺化反應法並利用完全醯亞胺化之方法或中途停止醯亞胺化反應並導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法、進而藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物及其聚醯亞胺前驅物來導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法來合成。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可例示Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Corporation製)、Matrimide5218(Huntsman Corporation製)。Polyimide can be prepared by, for example, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) at low temperature, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (part of which is substituted with an acid anhydride, a monoacyl chloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound, i.e., a capping agent) with a diamine compound at low temperature, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol and then reacting the resulting diester in the presence of a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) and a condensing agent, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with ... After obtaining a diester from a dianhydride and an alcohol, the remaining dicarboxylic acid is chlorinated and reacted with a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent) to obtain a polyimide precursor, which is synthesized by a known imidization reaction method and a method of complete imidization, a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a part of the imide structure, and a method of introducing a part of the imide structure by mixing a completely imidized polymer and its polyimide precursor. Commercially available products of polyimide include Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by Huntsman Corporation).
聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)為4,000~100,000為較佳,5,000~70,000為更佳,8,000~50,000為進一步較佳,10,000~30,000為特佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上聚醯亞胺時,至少1種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 4,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 70,000, further preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and particularly preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, the weight average molecular weight is particularly preferably 20,000 or more. In addition, when containing two or more polyimides, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polyimide is within the above range.
〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 在本發明中使用之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,對其結構並沒有特別限定,較佳為包含由下述式(3)表示之重複單元。 式(3) [化學式17] 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團,R122 表示4價有機基團,R123 及R124 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polybenzoxazole precursor] The polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited in structure, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). Formula (3) [Chemical Formula 17] In formula (3), R121 represents a divalent organic group, R122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R123 and R124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
在式(3)中,R123 及R124 的含義分別與式(2)中的R113 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少1個為聚合性基團為較佳。 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少1個基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R121 係二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。In formula (3), R 123 and R 124 have the same meanings as R 113 in formula (2), and the preferred ranges are also the same. That is, it is preferred that at least one is a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, it is preferred that it contains at least one of an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As an aliphatic group, a straight-chain aliphatic group is preferred. It is preferred that R 121 is a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more may be used.
作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,由直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)的脂肪族基的碳數為2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為更進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈的脂肪族基係伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈的脂肪族基之二羧酸,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二乙二醇酸、進而由下述式表示之二羧酸等。As the dicarboxylic acid residue, dicarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are more preferred. As the dicarboxylic acid containing aliphatic groups, dicarboxylic acids containing linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acids composed of linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic groups and 2 -COOH groups are more preferred. The carbon number of the linear or branched (preferably linear) aliphatic group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, further preferably 3 to 20, further preferably 4 to 15, and particularly preferably 5 to 10. The linear aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. As the dicarboxylic acid containing a straight chain aliphatic group, there can be mentioned malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptanecarboxylic acid, Diacid, suberic acid, dodecanedioic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid , behenedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexacosanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, diethylene glycol acid, and dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula, etc.
[化學式18] (式中,Z係碳數1~6的烴基,n係1~6的整數。)[Chemical formula 18] (In the formula, Z is a carbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer from 1 to 6.)
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,具有以下芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,僅由以下芳香族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。As the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group, a dicarboxylic acid having the following aromatic group is preferred, and a dicarboxylic acid consisting only of the following aromatic group and two -COOH groups is more preferred.
[化學式19] 式中,A表示選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF3 )2 -及-C(CH3 )2 -之群組中之2價基團,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 19] In the formula, A represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 - and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, and * represents a bonding site with other structures independently.
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、對苯二甲酸。Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group include 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, and terephthalic acid.
在式(3)中,R122 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,含義與上述式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,R122 係源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團為較佳,作為源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如,可舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯基、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯基、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可以單獨使用或混合使用。In formula (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (2) above, and the preferred range is also the same. Preferably, the group 122 is derived from a diaminophenol derivative. Examples of the group derived from a diaminophenol derivative include 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonate, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfonate, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane. -(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. Such bisaminophenols can be used alone or in combination.
在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,具有下述芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among the diaminophenol derivatives, those having the following aromatic groups are preferred.
[化學式20] 式中,X1 表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF3 )2 -、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、-NHCO-,*及#分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。R表示氫原子或1價取代基,氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。又,R122 係由上述式表示之結構亦較佳。R122 係由上述式表示之結構時,共計4個*及#中,任意2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且另2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為較佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位或2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為更佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位為進一步較佳。[Chemical formula 20] In the formula, X1 represents -O-, -S-, -C( CF3 ) 2- , -CH2- , -SO2- , -NHCO-, and * and # represent the bonding site with other structures, respectively. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. In addition, R122 is also preferably a structure represented by the above formula. When R 122 is a structure represented by the above formula, any two of the four * and # in total are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and the other two are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, or two * are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is further preferred that the two #s are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 is bonded and the two #s are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded.
[化學式21] [Chemical formula 21]
在式(A-s)中,R1 係氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或選自下述式(A-sc)的群組中之有機基團。R2 係氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任1個,可以相同,亦可以不同。R3 係氫原子、直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任1個,可以相同,亦可以不同。In formula (As), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -CO-, -NHCO-, a single bond, or an organic group selected from the group of the following formula (A-sc). R2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different. R3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different.
[化學式22] (在式(A-sc)中,*表示鍵結於由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環。)[Chemical formula 22] (In formula (A-sc), * represents an aromatic ring bonded to the aminophenol group of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As).)
認為在上述式(A-s)中,在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R3 亦具有取代基這一情況會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更接近,並且從低溫下硬化時具有高環化率之效果進一步提高的觀點考慮,尤其較佳。In the above formula (As), it is considered that the presence of a substituent at the adjacent position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, i.e., R3 , is particularly preferred because the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group are closer together and the effect of a high cyclization rate during curing at a low temperature is further improved.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R2 係烷基且R3 係烷基的情況下能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化變高率的效果,因此較佳。In the above formula (As), when R 2 is an alkyl group and R 3 is an alkyl group, it is preferred because high transparency to I-rays and a high cyclization rate effect during curing at a low temperature can be maintained.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R1 係伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為R1 相關之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可舉出碳數1~8的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,其中,從維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化率高之效果的同時在溶劑中具有充分的溶解性且能夠獲得平衡優異之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的觀點考慮,-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -為更佳。In the above formula (As), R1 is more preferably an alkylene group or a substituted alkylene group. Specific examples of the alkylene group and the substituted alkylene group for R1 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, among which -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, and -C( CH3 ) 2- are more preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining a well-balanced polybenzoxazole precursor while maintaining high transparency to I-rays and high cyclization rate during curing at low temperature while having sufficient solubility in the solvent.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-256506號公報的0085~0094段及實施例1(0189~0190段),該等內容編入本說明書中。As a method for producing the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), for example, paragraphs 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190) of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-256506 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的0070~0080段中記載的內容,該等內容編入本說明書中。當然並不限於該等。Specific examples of the structure of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s) include the contents described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of JP-A-2013-256506, which are incorporated into the present specification. Of course, the present invention is not limited to these.
除上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。 從能夠抑制伴隨閉環產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,包含由下述式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元為較佳。In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (3), the polybenzoxazole precursor may also contain other types of repeating structural units. From the viewpoint of being able to suppress the warp associated with ring closure, it is preferred to contain a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as the other type of repeating structural unit.
[化學式23] 在式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R1s 係氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R2s 係碳數1~10的烴基,R3s 、R4s 、R5s 、R6s 中的至少1個為芳香族基,剩餘部分為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合或隨機聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構為5~95莫耳%,b結構為95~5莫耳%,a+b為100莫耳%。[Chemical formula 23] In formula (SL), Z has structure a and structure b, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2s is a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is an aromatic group, and the remaining parts are hydrogen atoms or organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. The polymerization of structure a and structure b may be block polymerization or random polymerization. Regarding the molar % of the Z part, the molar % of the a structure is 5 to 95 molar %, the molar % of the b structure is 95 to 5 molar %, and the molar % of a+b is 100 molar %.
在式(SL)中,作為較佳之Z,可舉出b結構中的R5s 及R6s 為苯基者。又,由式(SL)表示之結構的分子量為400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設為上述範圍,能夠更有效地降低聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的脫水閉環後的彈性模數,並能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。In formula (SL), as preferred Z, R 5s and R 6s in structure b are phenyl groups. In addition, the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. By setting the molecular weight to the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration and ring closure can be more effectively reduced, and the effect of suppressing warp and the effect of improving solvent solubility can be taken into account.
包含由式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元時,進而包含從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基作為重複結構單元亦較佳。作為該種四羧酸殘基的例子,可舉出式(2)中的R115 的例子。When the diamine residue represented by formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, it is also preferred to further include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride as a repeating structural unit. Examples of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue include R 115 in formula (2).
例如,在用於後述之組成物中時,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為進一步較佳,2.2以下為更進一步較佳。For example, when used in the composition described below, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 28,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the above polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and further preferably 1.6 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 2.6 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, further preferably 2.4 or less, further preferably 2.3 or less, and further preferably 2.2 or less.
〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,只要為具有苯并㗁唑環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,由下述式(X)表示之化合物為較佳,由下述式(X)表示且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。作為上述聚合性基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。又,可以為由下述式(X)表示且具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之化合物。 [化學式24] 在式(X)中,R133 表示2價有機基團,R134 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基時,聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基可以位於R133 及R134 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(X-1)或式(X-2)所示位於聚苯并㗁唑的末端。 式(X-1) [化學式25] 在式(X-1)中,R135 及R136 中的至少1個為聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,不是聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。 式(X-2) [化學式26] 在式(X-2)中,R137 係聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,其餘為取代基,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。[Polybenzoxazole] The polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having a benzoxazole ring, but a compound represented by the following formula (X) is preferred, and a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polymerizable group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned polymerizable group, a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. In addition, it may be a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polar conversion group such as an acid decomposable group. [Chemical Formula 24] In formula (X), R 133 represents a divalent organic group, and R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. When there is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group, the polymerizable group or the polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group may be located on at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or may be located at the end of the polybenzoxazole as shown in the following formula (X-1) or formula (X-2). Formula (X-1) [Chemical Formula 25] In formula (X-1), at least one of R135 and R136 is a polymerizable group or a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group, and if not a polymerizable group or a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (X). Formula (X-2) [Chemical Formula 26] In formula (X-2), R 137 is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group, and the rest are substituents. The meanings of the other groups are the same as those in formula (X).
聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的含義與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等具有之聚合性基團中說明的聚合性基團相同。The meaning of the polymerizable group or the polarity converting group such as the acid-decomposable group is the same as the polymerizable group explained in the above-mentioned polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor and the like.
R133 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可舉出脂肪族基或芳香族基。作為具體例,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R121 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R121 相同。R 133 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As a specific example, R 121 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited. The preferred examples have the same meaning as R 121 .
R134 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R122 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R122 相同。 例如,作為R122 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(X)中的氮原子、氧原子鍵結而形成縮合環。例如,R134 係下述有機基團時,形成下述結構。 [化學式27] R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, R 122 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited as an example. The meaning of the preferred example is the same as that of R 122. For example, the four connecting bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 122 are bonded to the nitrogen atom and the oxygen atom in the above formula (X) to form a condensed ring. For example, when R 134 is the following organic group, the following structure is formed. [Chemical Formula 27]
聚苯并㗁唑的㗁唑化率為85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳。藉由㗁唑化率為85%以上,基於閉環(藉由加熱而被㗁唑化時發生)之膜收縮變小,並能夠有效抑制產生翹曲。The oxadiazole rate of polybenzoxazole is preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. When the oxadiazole rate is 85% or more, the shrinkage of the film due to ring closure (occurring when oxadiazole is heated) is reduced, and the warping can be effectively suppressed.
聚苯并㗁唑可以包括全部包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元。又,除上述式(X)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。The polybenzoxazole may include repeating units of the above formula (X) all containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating units of the above formula (X) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (X), the polybenzoxazole may also include other types of repeating units.
例如,使雙胺基苯酚衍生物與包含R133 之二羧酸或選自上述二羧酸的二羧酸二氯化物及二羧酸衍生物等之化合物進行反應來獲得聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,利用習知之㗁唑化反應法使其㗁唑化,藉此可獲得聚苯并㗁唑。 此外,在二羧酸的情況下,為了提高反應產率等,亦可以使用預先使1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等進行反應之活性酯型的二羧酸衍生物。For example, a diaminophenol derivative is reacted with a dicarboxylic acid containing R 133 or a dicarboxylic acid dichloride and a dicarboxylic acid derivative selected from the above dicarboxylic acids to obtain a polybenzoxazole precursor, which is then oxazolidated by a known oxazolidation reaction method to obtain a polybenzoxazole. In addition, in the case of a dicarboxylic acid, an active ester type dicarboxylic acid derivative that has been reacted with 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole or the like in advance may be used in order to increase the reaction yield.
聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上的聚苯并㗁唑時,至少1種聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the bending resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polybenzoxazoles, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polybenzoxazole is within the above range.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等可藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應來獲得。較佳為使用鹵化劑對二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物進行鹵化之後,使其與二胺進行反應來獲得。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法中,進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠根據原料適當設定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後,藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒產生作用來促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。[Method for producing polyimide precursors, etc.] Polyimide precursors, etc. can be obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with diamines. It is preferably obtained by halogenating dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with a halogenating agent and then reacting them with diamines. In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferred to use an organic solvent when performing the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or more. As the organic solvent, it can be appropriately set according to the raw materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone. Polyimide can be produced by cyclizing a polyimide precursor after synthesizing it by thermal imidization, chemical imidization (for example, by promoting the cyclization reaction by the action of a catalyst), or by directly synthesizing the polyimide precursor.
又,使用非鹵素系觸媒而不使用上述鹵素化劑來合成亦較佳。作為上述非鹵素系觸媒,能夠無特別限制地使用不包含鹵素原子之公知的醯胺化觸媒,例如,可舉出硼氧烴三聚物化合物、N-羥基化合物、三級胺、磷酸酯、胺鹽、脲化合物等、碳二亞胺化合物。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺等。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a non-halogen catalyst instead of the above-mentioned halogenating agent for synthesis. As the above-mentioned non-halogen catalyst, a known amidation catalyst that does not contain a halogen atom can be used without particular limitation, for example, borane trimer compounds, N-hydroxy compounds, tertiary amines, phosphates, amine salts, urea compounds, etc., and carbodiimide compounds can be cited. As the above-mentioned carbodiimide compound, N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, etc. can be cited.
-封端劑- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。-Capping agent- When manufacturing polyimide precursors, it is preferred to seal the ends of the polyimide precursors with a capping agent such as an acid anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacyl chloride compound, or monoactive ester compound in order to further improve storage stability. As the end-capping agent, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, there can be cited aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5 2-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.
-固體析出- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之製程。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等沉澱於水中並使其溶解於四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等可溶解之溶劑,藉此能夠進行固體析出。 之後,藉由乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid precipitation- When manufacturing a polyimide precursor, etc., a solid precipitation process may be included. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in which the polyimide precursor can be dissolved, thereby enabling solid precipitation. Thereafter, by drying the polyimide precursor, etc., a powdered polyimide precursor, etc. can be obtained.
〔含量〕 特定樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種特定樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The content of the specific resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less is more preferred, 98% by mass or less is more preferred, 97% by mass or less is more preferred, and 95% by mass or less is more preferred relative to the total solid content of the composition. The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin or two or more. When two or more specific resins are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物至少包含2種樹脂為較佳。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含合計2種以種以上的特定樹脂和後述之其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上特定樹脂,包含2種以上特定樹脂為較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物包含2種以上特定樹脂時,例如,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,該聚醯亞胺前驅物係源自二酐的結構(由上述式(2)表示之R115 )不同的2種以上的聚醯亞胺前驅物。 推測藉由本發明的樹脂組成物包含2種以上特定樹脂,特定界面活性劑與樹脂的相溶性提高,在所形成之膜表面上不易存在特定界面活性劑,因此即使在形成由其他組成物構成之另一膜時,亦容易抑制在上述另一膜上產生缺陷。Furthermore, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two kinds of resins. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more kinds of specific resins and other resins described below, or may contain two or more kinds of specific resins, preferably containing two or more kinds of specific resins. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of specific resins, for example, it is preferred to contain a polyimide precursor, and the polyimide precursor is derived from two or more kinds of polyimide precursors having different structures (R 115 represented by the above formula (2)) of dianhydride. It is speculated that since the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, the compatibility between the specific surfactant and the resin is improved, and the specific surfactant is less likely to exist on the surface of the formed film. Therefore, even when another film composed of other compositions is formed, it is easy to suppress the generation of defects on the above-mentioned other film.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂及與特定樹脂不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步添加丙烯酸樹脂,可獲得塗佈性優異之組成物,又,可獲得耐溶劑性優異之有機膜。 例如,藉由代替後述之聚合性化合物或除後述之聚合性化合物以外,在組成物中添加重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基團價高的丙烯酸系樹脂,能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、有機膜的耐溶劑性等。<Other resins> The composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resins" for short). As other resins, polyamide imide, polyamide imide precursor, phenolic resin, polyamide, epoxy resin, polysiloxane, resin containing a siloxane structure, acrylic resin, etc. can be cited. For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition with excellent coating properties can be obtained, and an organic film with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a high polymerizable group valency acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less to the composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coating properties of the composition and the solvent resistance of the organic film can be improved.
本發明的組成物包含其他樹脂時,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物中的其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的組成物的較佳態樣之一,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量低的態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並沒有特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the other resins in the composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the composition. Furthermore, as one of the preferred embodiments of the composition of the present invention, it is also possible to set the composition to have a low content of other resins. In the above embodiment, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and 0% by mass or more is sufficient. The composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin, or may contain two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環式烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類等化合物。<Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, and amides.
作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.) Esters, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (for example, methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.
作為醚類,例如作為較佳者,可舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等。As the ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like are preferably mentioned.
作為酮類,例如可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄糖酮、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮等作為較佳者。As ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosone, dihydrolevoglucosone and the like are preferably mentioned.
作為環狀烴類,例如,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.
作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned.
作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基口末啉、N-乙醯基口末啉等作為較佳者。As the amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formyl propionamide, N-acetyl propionamide and the like are preferably mentioned.
作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。As the urea, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferred.
作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。As alcohols, there may be cited methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol.
關於溶劑,從改善塗佈面性狀等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦為較佳。Regarding solvents, from the perspective of improving the properties of the coated surface, it is better to mix two or more solvents.
在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。 又,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯、二丙酮醇與乳酸乙酯、環戊酮與γ-丁內酯的組合亦較佳。In the present invention, one solvent selected from 3-ethoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl ester, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more of them is preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone simultaneously. In addition, the combination of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl lactate, and cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone is also preferred.
在該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含酯類為較佳,包含內酯系溶劑為更佳。 內酯系溶劑係指包含內酯結構之溶劑,可舉出γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯等。 相對於溶劑的總質量之內酯系溶劑的含量並沒有特別限定,30~100質量%為較佳,40~95質量%為更佳,50~90質量%為進一步較佳。Among them, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains esters, and more preferably contains lactone solvents. Lactone solvents refer to solvents containing lactone structures, and examples thereof include γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, etc. The content of lactone solvent relative to the total mass of the solvent is not particularly limited, and 30 to 100 mass % is preferred, 40 to 95 mass % is more preferred, and 50 to 90 mass % is further preferred.
關於溶劑的含量,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為成為40~70質量%為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜的所需厚度和塗佈方法調整即可。Regarding the content of the solvent, from the viewpoint of coating properties, it is preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 5 to 75 mass %, more preferably 10 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 40 to 70 mass %. The content of the solvent can be adjusted according to the required thickness of the coating film and the coating method.
溶劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The solvent may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of solvents are contained, it is preferred that the total amount of the solvents is within the above range.
<感光劑> 本發明的組成物包含感光劑為較佳。 作為感光劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Photosensitive agent> The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photosensitive agent. As the photosensitive agent, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.
〔光聚合起始劑〕 本發明的組成物包含光聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並沒有特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,可以為與被光激發之敏化劑產生一些作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。 又,作為上述光自由基聚合起始劑,後述之肟化合物為較佳。[Photopolymerization initiator] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator as a photosensitizer. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer to generate active radicals. In addition, as the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiator, the oxime compound described later is preferred.
光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L/mol-1 /cm-1 莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。The photo-radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L/mol -1 /cm -1 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is preferably measured by a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. can be cited. For the details thereof, reference can be made to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如,可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191179, which has an absorption maximum wavelength matching a light source of wavelength such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
作為醯基氧化膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。Examples of the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, etc. Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be used.
作為茂金屬化合物,可例示IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 and IRGACURE-784EG (both manufactured by BASF).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)較廣,且亦作為光硬化促進劑而起作用,因此特佳。As the photo-radical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferred. By using an oxime compound, the exposure tolerance can be further effectively improved. Oxime compounds have a wider exposure tolerance (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator, so they are particularly preferred.
作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166.
作為較佳之肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的組成物中,尤其將肟化合物用作光自由基聚合起始劑(肟系光聚合起始劑)為較佳。肟系光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連結基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use the oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator). Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]
市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製)。又,能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式29] Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02 (both manufactured by BASF), ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-014052) can also be preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co., Ltd.) can be used. In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can be used. [Chemical Formula 29]
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-137466 and compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 06636081.
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中記載之化合物。As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring and at least one benzene ring being a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
又,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中記載之化合物(C-3)等。In addition, oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-164471.
作為最佳之肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。As the most preferable oxime compound, there can be mentioned an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 or an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑係選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl trioxane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.
更佳之光自由基聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為更進一步較佳。More preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. It is further preferred to select at least one compound from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds. It is further preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, and oxime compounds are further preferred.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮環而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。In addition, as the photoradical polymerization initiator, benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-aminophenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-amino-propanone-1, quinones formed by condensation of an aromatic ring with an alkyl anthraquinone, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin, benzoin compounds such as alkyl benzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, etc. can be used. In addition, compounds represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]
在式(I)中,RI00 係碳數1~20的烷基、藉由1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被藉由因1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 係由式(II)表示之基團,或者係與RI00 相同的基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素。In the formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group substituted by at least one of an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a biphenyl group, R I01 is a group represented by the formula (II) or is the same group as R I00 , and R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen.
[化學式31] [Chemical formula 31]
式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.
包含光聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and further preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 又,本發明的組成物包含光酸產生劑作為感光劑亦較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如,在組成物層的曝光部產生酸而上述曝光部在顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)中的溶解性增加,並能夠獲得曝光部被顯影液去除之正型圖案。 又,藉由組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述之除自由基聚合性化合物以外的聚合性化合物,例如,亦能夠設為如下態樣:上述聚合性化合物的交聯反應藉由產生於曝光部之酸得到促進,相較於非曝光部,曝光部不易被顯影液去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負型圖案。[Photoacid generator] In addition, the composition of the present invention preferably contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitizer. By containing a photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the composition layer, and the solubility of the exposed part in the developer (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution) is increased, and a positive pattern in which the exposed part is removed by the developer can be obtained. In addition, by containing a photoacid generator and a polymerizable compound other than a free radical polymerizable compound described later, for example, the following state can be set: the crosslinking reaction of the polymerizable compound is promoted by the acid generated in the exposed part, and the exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to this state, a negative pattern can be obtained.
作為光酸產生劑,只要藉由曝光產生酸,則並沒有特別限定,能夠舉出醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, and examples thereof include quinonediazide compounds, onium salt compounds such as diazo salts, phosphonium salts, coronium salts, and iodonium salts, sulfonate compounds such as acylimidesulfonates, oximesulfonates, diazodisulfonates, disulfonates, and o-nitrobenzylsulfonates.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯與聚羥基化合物鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸與聚胺基化合物進行磺醯胺鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少1個與聚羥基聚胺基化合物鍵結者等。在本發明中,例如,該等聚羥基化合物和聚胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。As the quinone diazide compound, there can be mentioned those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyhydroxy compound via an ester, those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyamine compound via a sulfonamide bond, those in which the sulfonic acid of quinone diazide is bonded to a polyhydroxy polyamine compound via at least one of an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond, etc. In the present invention, for example, it is preferred that 50 mol% or more of the functional groups of the polyhydroxy compound and the polyamine compound are substituted with quinone diazide.
在本發明中,作為醌二疊氮,5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基均可較佳地使用。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,因此適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收延伸至水銀燈的g射線區域,因此適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,根據進行曝光之波長,選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以含有在同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, as quinone diazide, 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl and 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl can be preferably used. 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption in the i-ray region of mercury lamp, so it is suitable for i-ray exposure. 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption extending to the g-ray region of mercury lamp, so it is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound and 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound are preferably selected according to the wavelength of exposure. Furthermore, it may contain a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule, or it may contain a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound.
上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並能夠藉由公知的方法合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率進一步得到提高。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,例如,可舉出1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction between a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using the naphthoquinone diazide compound, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved. As the naphthoquinone diazide compound, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-4-sulfonic acid, salts or ester compounds of the compounds, etc. can be cited.
作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可舉出日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中記載之化合物等。Examples of the onium salt compound or the sulfonate salt compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of JP-A-2008-013646.
光酸產生劑係包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)亦較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並沒有特別限制,係由下述式(OS-1)、後述之式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter, also referred to as an "oxime sulfonate compound"). The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group, and an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (OS-1), the formula (OS-103) described later, the formula (OS-104) or the formula (OS-105) is preferred.
[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]
在式(OS-1)中,X3 表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。X3 存在複數個時,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X3 中的烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X3 中的烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X3 中的烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X3 中的鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 在式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。m3係2或3時,複數個X3 可以相同,亦可以不同。 在式(OS-1)中,R34 表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以被W取代之苯基、可以被W取代之萘基或可以被W取代之苯甲醯亞胺酸基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。In formula (OS-1), X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When there are plural X 3 groups, they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxy group in the above X 3 may have a substituent. As the alkyl group in the above X 3 group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the alkoxy group in the above X 3 group, a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the halogen atom in the above X 3 group, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the plural X 3 groups may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or a benzamidic acid group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
在式(OS-1)中,m3係3,X3 係甲基,X3 的取代位置為鄰位,R34 係碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降莰基甲基或對甲苯基之化合物為特佳。In formula (OS-1), m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is the ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorbornylmethyl or p-tolyl.
作為由式(OS-1)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0064~0068段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0158~0167段中記載之以下化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by the formula (OS-1) include the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of JP-A-2015-194674, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
[化學式33] [Chemical formula 33]
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,當存在複數個時Rs2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,當存在複數個時Rs6 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由Rs1 表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)可以具有取代基T。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, when there are plural groups, R s2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, when there are plural groups, R s6 each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer of 0 to 6. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 may have a substituent T.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中存在2個以上時的某些Rs2 中1個或2個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,1個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,1個為烷基且其餘為氫原子。由Rs2 表示之烷基或芳基可以具有取代基T。 在式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。在上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員之環係5員環或6員環。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), Rs2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferred. When two or more Rs2 exist in the compound, one or two of them are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and one is more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and one is an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group represented by Rs2 may have a substituent T. In formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, and O is preferred. In the above formulae (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring system containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,Xs係O時,ns係1為較佳,又,Xs係S時,ns係2為較佳。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由Rs6 表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2, and when Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is preferably 2. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs6 may have a substituent. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
又,由上述式(OS-103)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-104)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-107)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-105)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式34] Furthermore, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110) or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the above formula (OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 34]
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基。 在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and a hydrogen atom is preferred.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,係碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,係碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,係碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a phenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0088~0095段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0168~0194段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, in the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z) of the oxime may be any one or a mixture. As specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
作為至少包含1個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳之其他態樣,可舉出由下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)表示之化合物。As another preferred embodiment of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group, compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) can be cited.
[化學式35] [Chemical formula 35]
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru9 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。Ru9 係氰基或芳基之態樣為更佳,Ru9 係氰基、苯基或萘基之態樣為進一步較佳。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru2a 表示烷基或芳基。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5 -、-CH2 -、-CRu6 H-或CRu6 Ru7 -,Ru5 ~Ru7 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. More preferably, R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and even more preferably, R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H-, or CR u6 R u7 -, and R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru1 ~Ru4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。Ru1 ~Ru4 的中的2個可以分別彼此鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以進行縮環而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為Ru1 ~Ru4, 氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,又,Ru1 ~Ru4 的中的至少2個彼此鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦較佳。其中,Ru1 ~Ru4 均為氫原子之態樣為較佳。上述取代基均可以進一步具有取代基。In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonic group, a cyano group or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with a benzene ring. As R u1 to R u4, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred, and at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. Among them, the embodiment in which all of R u1 to R u4 are hydrogen atoms is preferred. The above substituents may further have substituents.
由上述式(OS-101)表示之化合物係由式(OS-102)表示之化合物為更佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟、苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由式(OS-101)表示之化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0102~0106段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0195~0207段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物的其中,b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。The compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102). In addition, in the above oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructures (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime and benzothiazole rings may be any one or a mixture. As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101), the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. Among the above compounds, b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred.
此外,作為光酸產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可舉出WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-443、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、Omnicat 250、Omnicat 270(均為IGM Resins B.V.製)、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 270、Irgacure 290(均為BASF公司製)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd製)等。As the photoacid generator, a commercially available product may be used. Examples of the commercially available product include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-443, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Omnicat 250 and Omnicat 270 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 250, Irgacure 270, and Irgacure 290 (all manufactured by BASF), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,亦可舉出由下述結構式表示之化合物作為較佳例。 [化學式36] In addition, the compound represented by the following structural formula can also be cited as a preferred example. [Chemical Formula 36]
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機鹵化化合物。作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42,2924(1969),美國專利3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-004605號、日本特開昭48-036281號、日本特開昭55-032070號、日本特開昭60-239736號、日本特開昭61-169835號、日本特開昭61-169837號、日本特開昭62-058241號、日本特開昭62-212401號、日本特開昭63-070243號、日本特開昭63-298339號、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中記載之化合物,尤其,可舉出由三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:S-三𠯤化合物。 更佳為至少一個單鹵取代甲基、二鹵取代甲基或三鹵取代甲基與s-三𠯤環鍵結之s-三𠯤衍生物、具體而言,例如,可舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-正丙基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對苯甲基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤。As photoacid generators, organic halogenated compounds can also be used. As organic halogenated compounds, specifically, there can be cited Wakabayashi et al., "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42,2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-004605, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-036281, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 55-032070, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-058241, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-070243, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-298339, M.P. Hutt, "Jurnal of Heterocyclic The compounds described in "Chemistry" 1 (No. 3), (1970), etc., in particular, oxazole compounds substituted by trihalomethyl groups: S-trioxane compounds. Preferably, s-trioxane derivatives in which at least one monohalomethyl group, dihalomethyl group or trihalomethyl group is bonded to the s-trioxane ring, specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxane, -s-trioxanthate, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanthate, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanthate, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanthate, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanthate, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanthate, 2-〔1-(p- methoxyphenyl)-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanyl, 2-phenylvinyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanyl, 2-(p-methoxyphenylvinyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanyl, 2-(p-isopropoxyphenylvinyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanyl, 2-(p-phenylmethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trioxanyl, 2-(4-naphthalene)- 2-Benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機硼酸鹽化合物。作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,例如,可舉出日本特開昭62-143044號、日本特開昭62-150242號、日本特開平9-188685號、日本特開平9-188686號、日本特開平9-188710號、日本特開2000-131837、日本特開2002-107916、日本專利第2764769號、日本特願2000-310808號等各公報及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中記載之有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中記載之有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中記載之有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中記載之有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等中的有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等作為具體例。As the photoacid generator, an organic borate compound can also be used. Examples of the organic borate compound include Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-143044, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-150242, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188685, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188686, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-310808, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech '98. Proceeding April 19-22, 1998, Chicago" etc., organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-175564, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-175561, organic boron-zirconium complexes or organic boron-oxygen-zirconium complexes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-175554, Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-175553 Specific examples include organoboron phosphonium complexes, organoboron phosphonium complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-188710, and organoboron transition metal coordination complexes described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-348011, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-128785, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-140589, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-306527, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-292014.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用二碸化合物。作為二碸化合物,可舉出日本特開昭61-166544號、日本特願2001-132318公報等中記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。As the photoacid generator, a disulfide compound can also be used. Examples of the disulfide compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application No. 61-166544, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, and diazodisulfide compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如,可舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974),T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中記載之重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號等中記載之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、同4,069,056號的各說明書中記載之鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號中記載之錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中記載之鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中記載之硒鎓鹽(selenonium salt)、C.S.Wen et al,The,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中記載之鉮鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等。As the above-mentioned onium salt compound, for example, there can be cited S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr.Sci.Eng., 18, 387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al. al, Polymer, 21, 423 (1980), ammonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., phosphonium salts described in the specifications of U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055 and 4,069,056, European Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, iodonium salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-150848, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 390,214 Copper salts described in the specifications of Patent No. 233,567, Patent No. 233,567, Patent No. 297,443, Patent No. 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, U.S. Patent No. 161,811, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 4,760,013, U.S. Patent No. 4,734,444, U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V.Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), selenonium salts described in J.V.Crivello et al, J.Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem. Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), arsonium salts, pyridinium salts and the like described in C.S.Wen et al, The, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), and the like.
作為鎓鹽,可舉出下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)表示之鎓鹽。 [化學式37] 在式(RI-I)中,Ar11 表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羰氧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z11 - 表示一價陰離子,係鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子為較佳。在式(RI-II)中,Ar21 、Ar22 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羰氧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z21 - 表示一價陰離子,係鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。在式(RI-III)中,R31 、R32 、R33 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,從反應性、穩定性的方面考慮,較佳為芳基。作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羰氧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫烷基、碳數1~12的硫芳基。Z31 - 表示一價陰離子,係鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。As the onium salt, onium salts represented by the following general formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 37] In formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a sulfuric acid ion, or a sulfuric acid ion. In view of stability, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, and sulfinic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a sulfuric acid ion, or a sulfuric acid ion. In terms of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, or carboxylic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 each independently represent an aryl group or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms and which may have 1 to 6 substituents. In terms of reactivity and stability, an aryl group is preferred. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfanyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a sulfuric acid ion, or a sulfuric acid ion. In view of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, and carboxylic acid ions are preferred.
作為具體例,可舉出以下。 [化學式38] As a specific example, the following can be cited. [Chemical formula 38]
[化學式39] [Chemical formula 39]
[化學式40] [Chemical formula 40]
[化學式41] [Chemical formula 41]
包含光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產生劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光酸產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoacid generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 2 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photoacid generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more types of photoacid generators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔光鹼產生劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含光鹼產生劑作為感光劑。 亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由樹脂組成物含有光鹼產生劑和後述交聯劑,例如,利用產生於曝光部之鹼促進特定樹脂的環化且促進交聯劑的交聯反應等作用,藉此曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負浮雕圖案。[Photobase generator] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a photobase generator as a photosensitive agent. It may also be configured as follows: the resin composition contains a photobase generator and a crosslinking agent described later, for example, by utilizing the effects of the base generated in the exposed part to promote the cyclization of a specific resin and the crosslinking reaction of the crosslinking agent, so that the exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to this aspect, a negative relief pattern can be obtained.
作為光鹼產生劑,只要藉由曝光產生鹼,則並沒有特別限定,能夠使用公知者。 例如,如M.Shirai和M.Tsunooka, Prog.Polym.Sci.,21,1(1996);角岡正弘,高分子加工,46,2(1997);C.Kutal,Coord.Chem.Rev.,211,353(2001);Y.Kaneko,A.Sarker, and D.Neckers,Chem.Mater.,11,170(1999);H.Tachi,M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,13,153(2000);M.Winkle, and K.Graziano,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,3,419(1990);M.Tsunooka,H.Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,9,13(1996);K.Suyama,H.Araki,M.Shirai,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,19,81(2006)中記載,能夠舉出過渡金屬化合物錯合物、具有銨鹽等結構之物質、脒部分藉由與羧酸形成鹽而被潛在化者之類的鹼成分藉由形成鹽而被中和之離子性化合物、胺甲酸酯衍生物、肟酯衍生物、醯基化合物等鹼成分藉由胺基甲酸酯鍵或肟鍵等而被潛在化之非離子性化合物。 本發明中,作為光鹼產生劑,可舉出胺甲酸酯衍生物、醯胺衍生物、醯亞胺衍生物、α鈷錯合物類、咪唑衍生物、肉桂醯胺衍生物、肟衍生物等作為更佳例。As the photoalkali generator, there is no particular limitation as long as it generates alkali by exposure, and any known one can be used. For example, M. Shirai and M. Tsunooka, Prog. Polym. Sci., 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kadoka, Polymer Processing, 46, 2 (1997); C. Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev., 211, 353 (2001); Y. Kaneko, A. Sarker, and D. Neckers, Chem. Mater., 11, 170 (1999); H. Tachi, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 13, 153 (2000); M. Winkle, and K. Graziano, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 3, 419 (1990); M. Tsunooka, H. Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol., 9, 13 (1996); K.Suyama, H.Araki, M.Shirai, J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol., 19, 81 (2006) state that transition metal compound complexes, substances having structures such as ammonium salts, ionic compounds in which the alkaline components are neutralized by forming salts such as amidine moieties that are potentially oxidized by forming salts with carboxylic acids, and non-ionic compounds in which the alkaline components are potentially oxidized by carbamate bonds or oxime bonds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, and acyl compounds. In the present invention, more preferred examples of the photoalkali generator include carbamate derivatives, amide derivatives, imide derivatives, α-cobalt complexes, imidazole derivatives, cinnamamide derivatives, oxime derivatives, and the like.
作為從光鹼產生劑產生之鹼性物質,並沒有特別限定,可舉出具有胺基之化合物,尤其是單胺、二胺等多胺,以及脒等。 從醯亞胺化率的觀點考慮,上述鹼性物質係共軛酸的DMSO(二甲基亞碸)中的pKa大者為較佳。上述pKa係1以上為較佳,3以上為更佳。上述pKa的上限並沒有特別限定,20以下為較佳。 其中,上述pKa表示酸的第一解離常數的倒數的對數,能夠參考Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(作者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.;編撰:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.;Academic Press, New York, 1955)、Data for Biochemical Research(作者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al;Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)中記載的值。 關於未記載於該等文獻之化合物,將用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並藉由結構式算出的值用作pKa。The alkaline substance generated from the photoalkali generator is not particularly limited, and compounds having an amino group, especially polyamines such as monoamines and diamines, and amidines, etc., can be cited. From the perspective of the imidization rate, the alkaline substance having a large pKa in DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) of the conjugated acid is preferred. The pKa is preferably 1 or more, and 3 or more is more preferred. The upper limit of the pKa is not particularly limited, and 20 or less is preferred. The above pKa represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of an acid, and can refer to the values described in Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (author: Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; editor: Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, R.M.C. et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these references, the values calculated from the structural formula using the software ACD/pKa (manufactured by ACD/Labs) were used as pKa.
從樹脂組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,在結構中不含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳,光鹼產生劑中產生之鹼部分的氮原子上沒有電荷為較佳。作為光鹼產生劑,所產生之鹼利用共價鍵被潛在化為較佳,鹼的產生機制係所產生之鹼部分的氮原子與相鄰原子之間的共價鍵被切斷而產生鹼之機制為較佳。若為在結構中不含鹽之光鹼產生劑,則能夠使光鹼產生劑成為中性,因此溶劑溶解性更良好,使用期限得到延長。從該種理由考慮,從用於本發明中之光鹼產生劑產生之胺係一級胺或二級胺為較佳。 又,從圖案的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,在結構中包含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳。From the perspective of storage stability of the resin composition, it is preferable that the photoalkali generator does not contain salt in its structure, and it is preferable that the nitrogen atom of the alkali portion generated in the photoalkali generator has no charge. It is preferable that the generated alkali is potentially converted by covalent bonds, and it is preferable that the alkali generation mechanism is a mechanism in which the covalent bonds between the nitrogen atom of the generated alkali portion and the adjacent atom are cut to generate the alkali. If the photoalkali generator does not contain salt in its structure, the photoalkali generator can be made neutral, so that the solvent solubility is better and the shelf life is extended. For this reason, the amine generated from the photobase generator used in the present invention is preferably a primary amine or a secondary amine. In addition, from the perspective of the chemical resistance of the pattern, a photobase generator containing a salt in its structure is preferred.
又,從上述理由考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,如上所述,所產生之鹼利用共價鍵被潛在化為較佳,所產生之鹼利用醯胺鍵、胺甲酸酯鍵、肟鍵被潛在化為較佳。 作為本發明之光鹼產生劑,例如,可舉出如日本特開2009-080452號公報及國際公開第2009/123122號中公開之具有肉桂醯胺結構之光鹼產生劑、如日本特開2006-189591號公報及日本特開2008-247747號公報中公開之具有胺甲酸酯結構之光鹼產生劑、如日本特開2007-249013號公報及日本特開2008-003581號公報中公開之具有肟結構、胺甲醯基肟結構之光鹼產生劑等,但並不限定於該等,除此以外,能夠使用公知的光鹼產生劑的結構。Furthermore, considering the above reasons, as a photoalkali generator, as mentioned above, the generated base is preferably potentially transformed using a covalent bond, and the generated base is preferably potentially transformed using an amide bond, a carbamate bond, or an oxime bond. As the photobase generator of the present invention, for example, a photobase generator having a cinnamylamide structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-080452 and International Publication No. 2009/123122, a photobase generator having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-189591 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-247747, a photobase generator having an oxime structure or an aminoformyl oxime structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-249013 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-003581, etc. can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to these, and other known photobase generator structures can be used.
此外,作為光鹼產生劑,可舉出日本特開2012-093746號公報的0185~0188、0199~0200及0202段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-194205號公報的0022~0069段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-204019號公報的0026~0074段中記載之化合物、以及國際公開第2010/064631號的0052段中記載之化合物作為例子。In addition, as examples of photoalkali generators, there can be cited compounds described in paragraphs 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200, and 0202 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-093746, compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0069 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-194205, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0074 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-204019, and compounds described in paragraph 0052 of International Publication No. 2010/064631.
此外,作為光鹼產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可舉出WPBG-266、WPBG-300、WPGB-345、WPGB-140、WPBG-165、WPBG-027、WPBG-018、WPGB-015、WPBG-041、WPGB-172、WPGB-174、WPBG-166、WPGB-158、WPGB-025、WPGB-168、WPGB-167、WPBG-082(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、A2502、B5085、N0528、N1052、O0396、O0447、O0448(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)等。In addition, as the photoalkali generator, a commercial product can be used. Examples of the commercial product include WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, WPBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167, and WPBG-082 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), and A2502, B5085, N0528, N1052, O0396, O0447, and O0448 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
包含光鹼產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分,0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光鹼產生劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光鹼產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photobase generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 2 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The photobase generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more types of photobase generators are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<熱聚合起始劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基,並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述之加熱製程中,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應進行,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。<Thermal polymerization initiator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and in particular, may contain a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also proceed in the heating process described later, thereby further improving the solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 5 to 15 mass %. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱產生酸,促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少1種化合物的交聯反應。<Thermal acid generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the following effect: by generating an acid by heating, the cross-linking reaction of at least one compound selected from compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxycyclobutane compound and a benzophenone compound is promoted.
熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇在將組成物塗佈於基板上之後的乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不會產生酸而在之後的曝光、顯影中形成圖案之後的最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)時產生酸之物質作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此較佳。 將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中,以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃時,求出溫度最低的發熱峰的峰溫度作為熱分解開始溫度。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用的機器,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments製)等。The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, and more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if a substance that does not generate acid during drying (pre-baking: about 70 to 140°C) after the composition is applied to the substrate but generates acid during the final heating (hardening: about 100 to 400°C) after forming a pattern in the subsequent exposure and development is selected as the thermal acid generator, it is better to suppress the decrease in sensitivity during development. When the thermal acid generator is heated to 500°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule, the peak temperature of the lowest temperature heat peak is obtained as the thermal decomposition start temperature. As an instrument used to measure the thermal decomposition starting temperature, Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments) and the like can be cited.
從熱酸產生劑產生之酸係強酸為較佳,例如,對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳基磺酸、甲烷磺酸、乙烷磺酸、丁烷磺酸等烷基磺酸、或者三氟甲烷磺酸等鹵代烷基磺酸等為較佳。作為該種熱酸產生劑的例子,可舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, arylsulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkylsulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, or halogenated alkylsulfonic acids such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935.
其中,從在有機膜中的殘留少且不易降低有機膜物性的觀點考慮,作為熱酸產生劑,產生碳數1~4的烷基磺酸、碳數1~4的鹵代烷基磺酸之物質為更佳,甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、3-(5-(((丙基磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲烷磺醯胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷為較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residue in the organic film and less deterioration of the physical properties of the organic film, a substance that generates an alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkylsulfonic acid having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred as a thermal acid generator, such as (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl (4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium methanesulfonate, and (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methyl)copperium trifluoromethanesulfonate. Preferred are (4-(((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperthionesulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperthionesulfonate, benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperthionesulfonate, benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperthionesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperthionesulfonate, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl)oxy)imino)thiophen-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile and 2,2-bis(3-(methanesulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane.
又,將日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059中記載之化合物作為熱酸產生劑亦較佳。Furthermore, the compound described in 0059 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-167742 is also preferably used as the thermal acid generator.
熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上,交聯反應得到促進,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By containing 0.01 parts by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, so that the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the organic film can be further improved. In addition, from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the organic film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferably, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferably, and 10 parts by mass or less is even more preferably.
<鎓鹽> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以進一步包含鎓鹽。 尤其,本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂時,包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並沒有特別限定,可較佳地舉出銨鹽、亞胺鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 其中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞胺鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相溶性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium salt> The resin composition of the present invention may further contain an onium salt. In particular, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain an onium salt. The type of onium salt is not particularly limited, and ammonium salts, imide salts, cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts can be preferably mentioned. Among them, ammonium salts or imide salts are preferred from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and cobalt salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with polymers.
又,鎓鹽係具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子與陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在同一分子結構內具有陽離子部和陰離子部之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同分子的陽離子分子與陰離子分子進行離子鍵結之分子間鹽,分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的樹脂組成物中,上述陽離子部或陽離子分子與上述陰離子部或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可以解離。 作為鎓鹽中的陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子之群組中之至少1種陽離子為更佳。Furthermore, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded by covalent bonding or not. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt having cation molecules and anion molecules of different molecules bonded by ion, and the intermolecular salt is preferred. Furthermore, in the resin composition of the present invention, the cation part or cation molecule and the anion part or anion molecule may be bonded by ion bonding or may be dissociated. As the cation in the onium salt, an ammonium cation, a pyridinium cation, a coronium cation, an iodine cation or a phosphonium cation is preferred, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cations, coronium cations and iodine cations is more preferred.
本發明中使用的鎓鹽亦可以為後述之熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑表示藉由加熱產生鹼之化合物,例如,可舉出若加熱至40℃以上則產生鹼之化合物等。 作為鎓鹽,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/043262號的0122~0138段中記載之鎓鹽等。又,除此以外,亦能夠無特別限制地使用可在聚醯亞胺前驅物領域中使用之鎓鹽。The onium salt used in the present invention may also be a thermal alkali generator described later. The thermal alkali generator refers to a compound that generates an alkali by heating, and for example, a compound that generates an alkali when heated to 40°C or higher can be cited. As the onium salt, for example, the onium salts described in paragraphs 0122 to 0138 of International Publication No. 2018/043262 can be cited. In addition, onium salts that can be used in the field of polyimide precursors can also be used without particular limitation.
本發明的樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽時,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為再進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為再進一步較佳,可以為5質量%以下,亦可以為4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass %. The lower limit is 0.5 mass % or more, which is more preferred, 0.85 mass % or more, which is further preferred, and 1 mass % or more is further preferred. The upper limit is 30 mass % or less, which is more preferred, 20 mass % or less, which is further preferred, and 10 mass % or less is further preferred. It can be 5 mass % or less, and can also be 4 mass % or less. One or more onium salts can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以進一步包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂時,包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 其他熱鹼產生劑可以為符合上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以為除上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑。 作為除上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑,可舉出非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可舉出由式(B1)或式(B2)表示之化合物。 [化學式42] <Thermal alkali generator> The resin composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal alkali generator. In particular, when the resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain a thermal alkali generator. Other thermal alkali generators may be compounds that meet the above-mentioned onium salts, or thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts. As thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts, non-ionic thermal alkali generators can be cited. As non-ionic thermal alkali generators, compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 42]
在式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基團、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 均不具有羧基。此外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子進行共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子係形成羰基之碳原子時,亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基時,不限於此。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 are independently an organic group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb1 and Rb2 will not be hydrogen atoms at the same time. Moreover, Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 do not have a carboxyl group. In addition, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which the three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon system. Therefore, when the carbon atom to which the bond is formed is a carbon atom that forms a carbonyl group, that is, when it forms an amide group together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.
式(B1)、(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 中的至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或2個單環縮合的縮合環為較佳。單環係5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環係環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formula (B1) and (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 preferably has a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably have a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring of two monocyclic rings is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and a 6-membered ring is more preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb1 與Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb1 及Rb2 係可具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀的烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the range in which the effects of the present invention are exerted. Rb1 and Rb2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the formed ring, a 4-7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferred. In particular, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, more preferably cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, and further preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.
作為Rb3 ,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb3 可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內進一步具有取代基。As Rb 3 , there can be mentioned alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), Aralkenyl (preferably having 8 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms), alkoxy (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryloxy (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or aralkyloxy (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). Among them, cycloalkyl (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aralkenyl, and aralkyloxy are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted.
由式(B1)表示之化合物係由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式43] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 43]
式中,Rb11 及Rb12 和Rb31 及Rb32 的含義分別與式(B1)中的Rb1 及Rb2 相同。 Rb13 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。其中,Rb13 係芳烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 and Rb31 and Rb32 have the same meanings as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within a range in which the effects of the present invention are exerted. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an aralkyl group.
Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rb35 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 is alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and aryl is preferred.
由式(B1-1)表示之化合物係由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式44] The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is also preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 44]
Rb11 及Rb12 的含義與式(B1-1)中Rb11 及Rb12 相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), aralkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups. Rb 17 is alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or aralkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), wherein aryl is preferred.
非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic thermal alkali generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. As the lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.
作為上述鎓鹽中作為熱鹼產生劑的化合物的具體例或除上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物。As specific examples of the compound serving as a thermal alkali generator among the above-mentioned onium salts or specific examples of the thermal alkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salts, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式45] [Chemical formula 45]
[化學式46] [Chemical formula 46]
[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]
其他熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other alkali generating agents is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5 mass % or more, and more preferably 1 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30 mass % or less, and more preferably 20 mass % or less. The alkali generating agents can be used alone or in combination. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含交聯劑為較佳。 作為交聯劑,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。<Crosslinking agent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a crosslinking agent. As the crosslinking agent, free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents can be cited.
<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物進一步包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑係具有自由基聚合性基團之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基團,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 該等之中,作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。<Free radical crosslinking agent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be cited groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds such as vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryloyl, etc. Among them, as the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, (meth)acryloyl is preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, (meth)acryloyloxy is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑係具有1個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有2個包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有3個以上包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。The radical crosslinking agent may be a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and preferably a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds. The compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the above ethylenic unsaturated bonds. In addition, from the perspective of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is preferred that the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds as a radical crosslinking agent. As the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. In addition, the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having more than 3 groups containing the above ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 is more preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 is further preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 is particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is also preferred that the resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物群組來替代上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。As specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents, unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides can be cited, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, thiohydrides, etc., and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids can also be preferably used. Moreover, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and the substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with dissociative substituents such as halogen groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. Moreover, as another example, the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid can be replaced by a compound group substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acid, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether, etc. As a specific example, the description of paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
又,自由基交聯劑係在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,可舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異三聚氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;以及該等混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使多官能羧酸與(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or more under normal pressure. Examples thereof include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyletrol tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyletrol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentyletrol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentyletrol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexylene glycol (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, etc., which are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylating the mixture. Acid-esterified compounds, (meth)acrylic acid urethanes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-064183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-043191, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-030490, polyfunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy resins and (meth)acrylic acid; and mixtures thereof. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate can also be mentioned.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳之自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的化合物、卡多(cardo)樹脂。Furthermore, as preferred radical crosslinking agents other than the above, compounds having a fluorene ring and two or more groups having ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and cardo resins described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent Application No. 4364216, etc., can also be used.
進而,作為其他例子,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平02-025493號公報中記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20,No.7,300~308頁(1984年)中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, and vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-025493 can be cited. In addition, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those introduced as photocurable monomers and oligomers in "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of WO-2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該化合物係在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。In addition, the following compounds described as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples thereof in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 can also be used as radical crosslinking agents. These compounds are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol and then subjecting the resulting mixture to (meth)acrylic esterification.
進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents, and such contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As the radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company, Inc製的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯的SR-494、作為具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的Sartomer Company, Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc. as a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy chains, SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc. as a bifunctional methacrylate having four vinyloxy chains, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentoxy chains, TPA-330 as a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyloxy chains, urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK ESTER M-40G, NK ESTER 4G, NK ESTER M-9300, NK ESTER A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (NOF CORPORATION.made), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之於分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As free radical crosslinking agents, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. Furthermore, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物係化合物新戊四醇或二新戊四醇。作為市售品,例如,可舉出M-510、M-520等作為TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製多元酸改質丙烯酸類寡聚物。The free radical crosslinking agent may be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. Among the free radical crosslinking agents having an acid group, the ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred, and the free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group is more preferred. Particularly preferred is a free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group, wherein the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a compound such as neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, M-510, M-520, etc. can be cited as polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。另一方面,從進行鹼顯影時的顯影速度的觀點考慮,具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值係0.1~300mgKOH/g,尤其較佳為1~100mgKOH/g。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in manufacturing is excellent, and the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. On the other hand, from the perspective of the developing speed during alkaline development, the preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. The above acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
關於本發明的樹脂組成物,從圖案的解析度和膜的拉伸性的觀點考慮,使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯亦較佳。作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可以根據需要混合使用2種以上。又,從抑制伴隨圖案(硬化膜)的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、芐基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。Regarding the resin composition of the present invention, from the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film stretchability, it is also preferable to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, methacrylate 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates having urethane bonds, and bifunctional methacrylates having urethane bonds. Two or more of these may be used in combination as needed. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of suppressing warping caused by controlling the elastic modulus of the pattern (cured film), a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as the radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives such as n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth)acrylate, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinyl pyrrolidone and N-vinyl caprolactam, allyl compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate can be preferably used. As the monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure is also preferred in order to suppress volatility before exposure.
含有自由基交聯劑時,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分,超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。同時使用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used simultaneously, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<其他交聯劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑表示除上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述感光劑的感光而促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼係從在曝光製程中為感光劑的光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有使三聚氰胺、乙炔脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺基化合物與甲醛進行反應或使甲醛與醇進行反應並用羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並沒有特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述之含胺基化合物,將使用三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用乙炔脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述之乙炔脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳。<Other crosslinking agents> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. In the present invention, other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. It is preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the photosensitization of the above-mentioned photosensitive agent (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products), and it is more preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the action of an acid or a base (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). The above-mentioned acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from a photoacid generator or a photoalkali generator for the photosensitive agent in the exposure process. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom are more preferred. As other crosslinking agents, for example, compounds having a structure in which amino compounds such as melamine, acetylene urea, urea, alkyl urea, benzoguanamine, etc. are reacted with formaldehyde, or formaldehyde is reacted with alcohol and the hydrogen atom of the above amino group is replaced with a hydroxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group. The method for preparing these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they are compounds having the same structure as the compounds prepared by the above method. In addition, they may be oligomers formed by self-condensation of the hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds. As the above-mentioned amino-containing compound, a crosslinking agent using melamine is referred to as a melamine-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using acetylene urea, urea or alkyl urea is referred to as a urea-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using alkyl urea is referred to as an alkyl urea-based crosslinking agent, and a crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is referred to as a benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent. Among them, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including acetylene urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described later.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化乙炔脲、二羥甲基化乙炔脲、三羥甲基化乙炔脲、四羥甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲,二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲或四丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲等乙炔脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等丙烯脲系交聯劑、 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of the urea crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated acetylene urea, dihydroxymethylated acetylene urea, trihydroxymethylated acetylene urea, tetrahydroxymethylated acetylene urea, monomethoxymethylated acetylene urea, dimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, trimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetramethoxymethylated acetylene urea, monomethoxymethylated acetylene urea, dimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, trimethoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetraethoxymethylated acetylene urea. , monopropoxymethylated acetylene urea, dipropoxymethylated acetylene urea, tripropoxymethylated acetylene urea, tetrapropoxymethylated acetylene urea, monobutoxymethylated acetylene urea, dibutoxymethylated acetylene urea, tributoxymethylated acetylene urea or tetrabutoxymethylated acetylene urea and other acetylene urea-based crosslinking agents; bismethoxymethyl urea, diethoxymethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl urea, dibutoxymethyl urea and other urea-based crosslinking agents; monohydroxymethylated Ethylene urea or dihydroxymethylated ethylene urea, monomethoxymethylated ethylene urea, dimethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monoethoxymethylated ethylene urea, diethoxymethylated ethylene urea, monopropoxymethylated ethylene urea, dipropoxymethylated ethylene urea, monobutoxymethylated ethylene urea or dibutoxymethylated ethylene urea and other ethylene urea crosslinking agents, monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monodiethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea and other propylene urea crosslinking agents, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物,亦能夠較佳地使用將選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出對苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐對苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group including a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group, a compound in which at least one group selected from the group including a hydroxymethyl group and an alkoxymethyl group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include terephthalic acid, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylbenzene hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ketone, methoxymethylbenzene methoxymethyl benzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-phenylenediol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳之市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、NIKALAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKALACMX-280、NIKALACMX-270、NIKALACMX-279、NIKALACMW-100LM、NIKALACMX-750LM(以上為SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercial products can be used. Preferred commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM- PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKALACMX-280, NIKALACMX-270, NIKALACMX-279, NIKALACMW-100LM, NIKALACMX-750LM (all manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), etc.
又,本發明的樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。In addition, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds and benzophenone compounds as other crosslinking agents.
〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,係在一分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且由於不發生源自交聯之脫水反應而不易引起膜收縮。因此,藉由含有環氧化合物,可有效地抑制樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲。[Epoxy compounds (compounds having epoxy groups)] As epoxy compounds, compounds having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reaction below 200°C, and since dehydration reaction due to crosslinking does not occur, it is not easy to cause film shrinkage. Therefore, by containing epoxy compounds, low-temperature curing and warping of the resin composition can be effectively suppressed.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步降低,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and suppresses warping. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and preferably the number of repeating units is 2 to 15.
作為環氧化合物的例子,可舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丁二醇二環氧丙基醚、己二醇二環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三環氧丙基醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含環氧基矽酮等,但並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLONE(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上為商品名,DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE 2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD GT400、Serviners B0134、B0177(以上為商品名,DAICEL CORPORATION製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins; bisphenol F type epoxy resins; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butanediol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; epoxy-containing silicones such as polymethyl (glycidoxypropyl) siloxane, etc., but are not limited to these. Specifically, the following can be cited: EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-485 0-150, EPICLONE (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above are product names, DIC Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (trade names, New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are trade names, ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD GT400, Serviners B0134, B0177 (the above are trade names, DAICEL CORPORATION), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.
〔氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有2個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。[Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds having an oxycyclobutyl group)] Examples of the oxycyclobutane compounds include compounds having two or more oxycyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxycyclobutane, and 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methyl]ester. As a specific example, ARON OXETANE series (for example, OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)〕 苯并㗁𠯤化合物因源自開環加成反應之交聯反應而在硬化時不產生脫氣,進而減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此較佳。[Benzotriazole compounds (compounds having benzoxazolyl groups)] Benzotriazole compounds are preferred because they do not produce degassing during curing due to the cross-linking reaction derived from the ring-opening addition reaction, thereby reducing thermal shrinkage and inhibiting the occurrence of warping.
作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例子,可舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上為商品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。Preferred examples of benzophenone compounds include B-a type benzophenone, B-m type benzophenone, P-d type benzophenone, F-a type benzophenone (these are trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), benzophenone adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and novolac type dihydrobenzophenone compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上其他熱交聯劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. Other crosslinking agents may contain only one or more. When containing two or more other thermal crosslinking agents, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲結構之化合物> 從提高所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)對基材的密接性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物進一步包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。<Compounds with sulfonamide structure, compounds with thiourea structure> From the perspective of improving the adhesion of the obtained pattern (cured film) to the substrate, it is preferred that the resin composition of the present invention further comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds with sulfonamide structure and compounds with thiourea structure.
〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構係由下述式(S-1)表示之結構。 [化學式48] 在式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基團,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R係與下述式(S-2)中的R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物,具有1個磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compounds having a sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical formula 48] In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and R may form a ring structure by bonding with other structures, and * independently represents the bonding site with other structures. It is preferred that the above R is the same group as R2 in the following formula (S-2). The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, and a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferred.
具有磺醯胺結構之化合物係由下述式(S-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式49] 在式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R1 、R2 及R3 中的2個以上可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示1價有機基團為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). [Chemical Formula 49] In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. It is preferred that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these groups are combined. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and cycloalkyl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the alkoxy group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentyloxy. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of the aryl group include 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isoxadiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring.
該等之中,R1 係芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among these, the compounds wherein R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group are preferred.
作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的例子,可舉出苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、磺胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘基磺醯胺、萘基-1-磺醯胺、萘基-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲磺醯胺、N-十二基甲磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁磺醯胺、2-胺基乙磺醯胺等。Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthylsulfonamide, naphthyl-1-sulfonamide, naphthyl-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzenesulfonamide, p-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, methanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylmethanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethylsulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, and 2-aminoethylsulfonamide.
〔具有硫脲結構之化合物〕 硫脲結構係由下述式(T-1)表示之結構。 [化學式50] 在式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環,R4 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compounds having a thiourea structure] The thiourea structure is represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical formula 50] In formula (T-1), R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R4 and R5 may bond to form a ring, R4 may bond to other structures bonded to * to form a ring structure, R5 may bond to other structures bonded to * to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site to other structures.
R4 及R5 分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。 具有硫脲結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上硫脲結構之化合物,但具有1個硫脲結構之化合物為較佳。 R4 and R5 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom. Examples of R4 and R5 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these groups. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. are cited. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group and a pentyloxy group can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group, a methoxysilyl group, an ethoxysilyl group, a propoxysilyl group and a butoxysilyl group can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferred. The above-mentioned aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring. The compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferred.
具有硫脲結構之化合物係由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式51] 在式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 ~R7 中的至少2個可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2). [Chemical Formula 51] In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
在式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 的含義與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地為1價有機基團為較佳。 在式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中的1價有機基團的較佳態樣與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 的1價有機基團的較佳態樣相同。In formula (T-2), R4 and R5 have the same meanings as R4 and R5 in formula (T-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (T-2), R6 and R7 are preferably independently monovalent organic groups. In formula (T-2), preferred embodiments of monovalent organic groups in R6 and R7 are the same as preferred embodiments of monovalent organic groups in R4 and R5 in formula (T-1).
作為具有硫脲結構之化合物的例子,可舉出N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥基乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯硫脲、1-苄基-苯硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基矽基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯硫脲、乙烯硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比馬唑(Carbimazole)、1,3-二甲基-2-硫代乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allylthiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1-adamantylthiourea, N-benzoylthiourea, N,N'-diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diisopropylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methylthiourea, trimethylthiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N,N-diphenylthiourea, ethylenethiourea (2-imidazolinethione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydantoin.
〔含量〕 相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總質量之具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的合計含量為0.05~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.2~3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之化合物,亦可以包含2種以上。僅包含1種時,該化合物的含量在上述範圍內,包含2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The total content of the compound having a sulfonamide structure and the compound having a thiourea structure relative to the total mass of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and further preferably 0.2 to 3 mass %. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one compound selected from the group including compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, or may contain two or more. When only one compound is contained, the content of the compound is within the above range, and when two or more compounds are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制源自金屬層(金屬配線)的金屬離子轉移到樹脂組成物層內。<Migration inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further comprises a migration inhibitor. By comprising the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively inhibit the migration of metal ions originating from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the resin composition layer.
作為遷移抑制劑,並沒有特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, isothiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, phenoxyl ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, trithiol ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole can be preferably used.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions may be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rustproofing agent described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。As specific examples of the migration inhibitor, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式52] [Chemical formula 52]
樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %.
遷移抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When the number of migration inhibitors is two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
作為聚合抑制劑,例如可較佳地使用氫醌、甲氧基氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、對-三級丁基鄰苯二酚(三級丁基鄰苯二酚)、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、伸乙基二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺)苯酚、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、N,N’-二苯基-對伸苯基二胺、2,4-二-三級丁基苯酚、二-三級丁基羥基甲苯、1,4-萘醌、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、啡噻𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-苦肼基、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中記載之化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, methoxyhydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, p-tert-butyl-o-catechol (tert-butyl-o-catechol), 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), phenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothiocyanate, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N- Ethyl-N-sulfopropylamine)phenol, N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first barium salt, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, N,N'-diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenol, di-tert-butylhydroxytoluene, 1,4-naphthoquinone, 1,3,5-tri(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy- 2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-trioxan-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl 1-oxyl radical, phenathiophene, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, dibutyldithiocarbamate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。Furthermore, the following compounds (Me is methyl group) can be used.
[化學式53] [Chemical formula 53]
本發明的樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分,可舉出~0.01~20.0%,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention can be 0.01 to 20.0%, preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 3% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05 to 2.5% by mass.
聚合抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the polymerization inhibitor is used in combination of two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含用於提高與使用於電極或配線等之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 該等之中,本發明的樹脂組成物包含偶合劑為較佳。<Metal Adhesion Improver> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds with sulfonamide structures, compounds with thiourea structures, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds. Among these, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a coupling agent.
作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中記載之化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, and compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-128358, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group.
[化學式54] [Chemical formula 54]
作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylenediyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3 -Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureapropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙基鋁等。[Aluminum-based bonding aid] As aluminum-based bonding aids, for example, tri(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tri(acetylacetone)aluminum, diisopropylaluminum ethyl acetylacetate, etc. can be cited.
又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。Furthermore, as the metal adhesion improver, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to above the above lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes good, and by setting it to below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become good. The metal adhesion improver can be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is better that the total is within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物包含用於提高與使用於電極或配線等之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。<Metallic Adhesion Improver> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metallic adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. As the metallic adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-072935 can also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於含雜環聚合物前驅物100質量份較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,硬化製程後的硬化膜與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,硬化製程後的硬化膜的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the heterocyclic polymer precursor. By setting it to be above the above lower limit, the adhesion between the cured film and the metal layer after the curing process becomes good, and by setting it to be below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing process become good. The metal adhesion improver may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferred that the total is within the above range.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物在可獲得本發明的效果之範圍,能夠根據需要配合各種添加物,例如,敏化劑、鏈轉移劑、除特定界面活性劑以外的其他界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝聚抑制劑等。配合該等添加劑時,將其合計配合量設為樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other additives> The resin composition of the present invention can be formulated with various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as sensitizers, chain transfer agents, surfactants other than specific surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. When such additives are formulated, it is preferred that the total amount thereof be set to 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition.
〔敏化劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含敏化劑。敏化劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之敏化劑與熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑發生化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為敏化劑,例如,可舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 作為敏化劑,亦可以使用敏化色素。 關於敏化色素的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。[Sensitizer] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in an electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermosetting accelerator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator, etc., and produces electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. Thereby, the thermosetting accelerator, the thermal radical polymerization initiator, and the photoradical polymerization initiator undergo chemical changes and decompose, and generate free radicals, acids, or bases. As the sensitizer, for example, michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone can be cited. , p-dimethylaminobenzylidene dihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethyl 3-Methoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-Methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-Ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, N-Phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-Phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-Toluenediethanolamine, N-Phenylethanolamine, 4-Morpholinylbenzophenone, Isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, Diethylaminobenzene Isoamyl formate, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazol, 2-benzylthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene (1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide, etc. As the sensitizer, a sensitizing dye can also be used. For details of the sensitizing dye, reference can be made to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.
本發明的樹脂組成物包含敏化劑時,敏化劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。敏化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以同時使用2種以上。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如使用在分子內具有SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群組。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain transfer agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005) pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a group of compounds having SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule is used. These generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or by deprotonating after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the chain transfer agent may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
本發明的樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be only one or two or more. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔除特定界面活性劑外的其他界面活性劑〕 從進一步提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中可以添加除特定界面活性劑以外的其他界面活性劑。作為其他界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦較佳。在下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式55] 又,其他界面活性劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中記載之化合物。[Other surfactants except specific surfactants] From the viewpoint of further improving the coating properties, other surfactants except specific surfactants may be added to the resin composition of the present invention. As other surfactants, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, non-ionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, etc. can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferred. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating units of the main chain represent the content (molar %) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating units of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 55] In addition, other surfactants may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。Regarding the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. As specific examples, there can be cited compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-164965, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
氟系界面活性劑中的含氟率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。含氟率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性和省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40 mass %, more preferably 5 to 30 mass %, and particularly preferably 7 to 25 mass %. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the composition.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, and KF-6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出Pionin A-76、Newkalgen FS-3PG、Pionin B-709、Pionin B-811-N、Pionin D-1004、Pionin D-3104、Pionin D-3605、Pionin D-6112、Pionin D-2104-D、Pionin D-212、Pionin D-931、Pionin D-941、Pionin D-951、Pionin E-5310、Pionin P-1050-B、Pionin P-1028-P、Pionin P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD社製)等。Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include Pionin A-76, Newkalgen FS-3PG, Pionin B-709, Pionin B-811-N, Pionin D-1004, Pionin D-3104, Pionin D-3605, Pionin D-6112, Pionin D-2104-D, Pionin D-212, Pionin D-931, Pionin D-941, Pionin D-951, Pionin E-5310, Pionin P-1050-B, Pionin P-1028-P, and Pionin P-4050-T (all manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬酯醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、SOLSPERSE 20000(Boyd & Moore Executive Search.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製)、Pionin D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)、Olfin E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), SOLSPERSE 20000 (Boyd & Moore Executive Search.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) etc.
作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers POLYFLOW No.75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.).
本發明的樹脂組成物具有其他界面活性劑時,其他界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。其他界面活性劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。其他界面活性劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains other surfactants, the content of the other surfactants is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass %. The other surfactants may be only one or more. When there are two or more other surfactants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的樹脂組成物中可以添加二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺之類的高級脂肪酸衍生物而在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於樹脂組成物的表面。[Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, higher fatty acid derivatives such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide can be added to the resin composition of the present invention and are concentrated on the surface of the resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the higher fatty acid derivatives may also include compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
本發明的樹脂組成物含有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基,並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應進行,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。[Thermal polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and in particular, may contain a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy and initiates or promotes the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also proceed, thereby further improving the solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %. The thermal polymerization initiator may be contained in one type or in two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。[Inorganic particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, the inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, etc.
作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑,0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 含有大量的上述平均粒徑的無機粒子有可能會導致上述硬化膜的機械特性劣化。又,若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑大於2.0μm,則有時解析度會因曝光光的散射而下降。The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, more preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. Inorganic particles having a large amount of the above average particle size may deteriorate the mechanical properties of the cured film. In addition, if the average particle size of the inorganic particles is greater than 2.0 μm, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of the exposure light.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對三級丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。[Ultraviolet absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylic acid ester-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, tris(III)-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-三癸氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Furthermore, examples of tris(iodine)-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine), 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine), Bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine), 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine); 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine); ,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other bis(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris(iota) compounds such as 2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), and 2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(iota).
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含紫外線吸收劑,但包含時,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。In the present invention, the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber or may not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when it is contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass% or more and 1 mass% or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass% or more and 0.1 mass% or less relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下硬化,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。[Organic titanium compound] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. Since the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardening at low temperatures.
作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基團經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 在以下I)~VII)中示出有機鈦化合物的具體例: I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,從負型感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異且可獲得良好的硬化圖案考慮,具有2個以上烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、二(正丁氧基)雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丙氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(磷酸二辛酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(苯磺酸十二烷基酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二烷基苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。As the organic titanium compound that can be used, there can be cited those in which an organic group is bonded to a titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, a titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferred, considering that the storage stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition is excellent and a good curing pattern can be obtained. Specific examples include bis(triethanolamine)diisopropoxytitanium, di(n-butoxy)bis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(2,4-pentanedioate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(tetramethylpimelate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, etc. II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonyloxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)propoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadiene compounds: for example, pentamethylcyclopentadiene trimethoxytitanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadiene-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, etc. IV) Monoalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tri(dioctyl phosphate)isopropoxytitanium, tri(dodecyl benzenesulfonate)isopropoxytitanium, etc. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, bis(glutarate) titanium oxide, bis(tetramethylpimelate) titanium oxide, phthalocyanine titanium oxide, etc. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,係選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among them, as an organic titanium compound, from the viewpoint of exerting better drug resistance, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) dioctenyl titanium compounds is preferred. In particular, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetylacetate)titanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
配合有機鈦化合物時,其配合量相對於環化樹脂的前驅物100質量份,0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。配合量為0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案顯示出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性優異。When the organic titanium compound is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the obtained hardened pattern shows good heat resistance and chemical resistance, while when the amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。作為添加劑含有抗氧化劑,藉此能夠提高硬化後的膜的延展特性、與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用習知為酚系抗氧化劑之任意酚化合物。作為較佳之酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為上述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代之烷基為較佳。又,關於抗氧化劑,在同一分子內具有苯酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出ADEKA STAB AO-20、ADEKA STAB AO-30、ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA STAB AO-50、ADEKA STAB AO-50F、ADEKA STAB AO-60、ADEKA STAB AO-60G、ADEKA STAB AO-80、ADEKA STAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中記載之化合物。又,本發明的組成物可根據需要含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,該化合物中,保護基藉由在100~250℃下加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒的存在下以80~200℃加熱而脫離,藉此作為抗氧化劑發揮作用。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出在國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。作為較佳之抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基苯酚及由下述通式(3)表示之化合物。[Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. The antioxidant is contained as an additive to improve the ductility of the film after curing and the adhesion to the metal material. As the antioxidant, phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, etc. can be cited. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As a preferred phenol compound, a hindered phenol compound can be cited. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (adjacent position) are preferred. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, as for the antioxidant, a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule is also preferred. Moreover, the antioxidant can also preferably use a phosphorus-based antioxidant. Examples of the phosphorus-based antioxidant include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinocycloheptadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tetaryldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinocycloheptadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and bis(2,4-di-tetaryl-6-methylphenyl)ethyl phosphite. As commercially available antioxidants, for example, ADEKA STAB AO-20, ADEKA STAB AO-30, ADEKA STAB AO-40, ADEKA STAB AO-50, ADEKA STAB AO-50F, ADEKA STAB AO-60, ADEKA STAB AO-60G, ADEKA STAB AO-80, ADEKA STAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be cited. In addition, as antioxidants, compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used. In addition, the composition of the present invention can contain a potential antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, there can be cited compounds in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and in which the protecting group is removed by heating at 100 to 250°C or by heating at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, thereby functioning as an antioxidant. As potential antioxidants, there can be cited compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-008219. As commercially available products of potential antioxidants, there can be cited ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like. As examples of preferred antioxidants, there can be cited 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
[化學式56] [Chemical formula 56]
在通式(3)中,R5 表示氫原子或碳數2以上的烷基,R6 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基。R7 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基、包含選自包括O原子及N原子中的至少1個之1~4價有機基團。k表示1~4的整數。In the general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R7 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one selected from an O atom and a N atom. k represents an integer of 1 to 4.
由通式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂的脂肪族基、酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by the general formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of the aliphatic group and the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin. In addition, it can inhibit the oxidation of the metal by its rust-proofing effect on the metal material.
為了能夠對樹脂和金屬材料同時起作用,k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R7 ,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、將該等組合者等,可以進一步具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性和金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合物形成之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。In order to act on both the resin and the metal material, k is preferably an integer of 2 to 4. R 7 includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof, and may further have a substituent. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility in a developer and metal adhesion, alkyl ether and -NH- are preferred, and from the viewpoint of interaction with the resin and metal adhesion by metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred.
由下述通式(3)表示之化合物可舉出以下化合物作為例子,但並不限於下述結構。The compounds represented by the following general formula (3) can be exemplified by the following compounds, but are not limited to the following structures.
[化學式57] [Chemical formula 57]
[化學式58] [Chemical formula 58]
[化學式59] [Chemical formula 59]
[化學式60] [Chemical formula 60]
抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂,0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。添加量少於0.1質量份時,不易獲得硬化後的膜的延展特性和提高對金屬材料的密接性的效果,又,多於10質量份時,由於與感光劑的相互作用,有可能導致樹脂組成物的靈敏度下降。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The amount of antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight, relative to the resin. When the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by weight, it is difficult to obtain the ductility characteristics of the cured film and the effect of improving the adhesion to metal materials. When the amount added is more than 10 parts by weight, the sensitivity of the resin composition may decrease due to the interaction with the photosensitive agent. Only one antioxidant may be used, or two or more antioxidants may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的含水量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。作為維持含水量之方法,可舉出保管條件下的濕度的調整、收容容器的空隙率降低等。<Restrictions on other contained substances> From the perspective of coating surface properties, the water content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass%, more preferably less than 1 mass%, and even more preferably less than 0.6 mass%. As a method for maintaining the water content, the humidity under storage conditions and the reduction of the porosity of the storage container can be cited.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel, and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料,對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等方法。Furthermore, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention through a filter, lining the inside of the device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.
若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,且從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調整鹵素原子的含量的方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。Considering the use as a semiconductor material and from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the content of halogen atoms in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 200 mass ppm. Among them, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be cited. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above ranges. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment can be preferably cited.
作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。As a container for the resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. In addition, as a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials or the resin composition, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle having an inner wall of the container composed of six types of six layers of resin or a bottle having a seven-layer structure of six types of resin. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.
<樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 又,亦能夠用於形成半導體元件的絕緣膜或形成應力緩衝膜等。<Application of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In addition, it can also be used to form an insulating film for a semiconductor element or to form a stress buffer film, etc.
<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並沒有特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed by a conventionally known method.
又,以去除樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑為1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,5μm以下為較佳,3μm以下為更佳,1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。過濾器的過濾製程中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以在加壓之後進行過濾。在加壓之後進行過濾時,進行加壓之壓力為0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。Furthermore, for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the resin composition, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, 0.5 μm or less is more preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 5 μm or less is more preferred, 3 μm or less is more preferred, and 1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be used after being pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering process of the filter, multiple filters can be used in parallel or in series. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cycle filtering. In addition, filtering can be performed after pressurization. When filtering after pressurization, the pressure of pressurization is preferably 0.05MPa or more and 0.3MPa or less. On the other hand, from the perspective of productivity, 0.01MPa or more and 1.0MPa or less is better, 0.03MPa or more and 0.9MPa or less is better, and 0.05MPa or more and 0.7MPa or less is even better. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filter filtering and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
(樹脂膜、硬化膜、積層體、半導體元件及該等的製造方法) 接著,對樹脂膜、硬化膜、積層體、半導體裝置及該等製造方法進行說明。(Resin film, cured film, laminate, semiconductor element, and method for manufacturing the same) Next, the resin film, cured film, laminate, semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing the same are described.
本發明的硬化膜藉由硬化本發明的樹脂組成物或本發明的樹脂膜而成。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,且能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,亦能夠設為30μm以下。The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the resin composition of the present invention or the resin film of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be set to 0.5 μm or more, and can be set to 1 μm or more. In addition, as an upper limit, it can be set to 100 μm or less, and can also be set to 30 μm or less.
可以將本發明的硬化膜積層2層以上,進而積層3~7層來作為積層體。本發明的積層體包含2層以上的硬化膜,在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,可舉出至少包含依次積層有第一硬化膜、金屬層、第二硬化膜這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為本發明的硬化膜,例如,可將上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為藉由硬化本發明的樹脂組成物而成之膜之態樣作為較佳者舉出。用於形成上述第一硬化膜之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於形成上述第二硬化膜之本發明的樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同之組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。The cured film of the present invention can be laminated in 2 or more layers, and further laminated in 3 to 7 layers to form a laminate. The laminate of the present invention includes 2 or more cured films, and preferably includes a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned cured films. For example, a laminate having a layered structure including at least three layers of a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film laminated in sequence can be cited as a preferred one. The first cured film and the second cured film are both the cured films of the present invention. For example, the first cured film and the second cured film are both films formed by curing the resin composition of the present invention can be cited as a preferred one. The resin composition of the present invention used to form the first cured film and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the second cured film may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as a metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
作為能夠適用本發明的硬化膜的區域,可舉出半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可舉出密封膜、基板材料(柔性印刷電路板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上述實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參考Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。Examples of areas to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films for semiconductor elements, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, and stress buffer films. In addition, examples include sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films), and situations in which patterns are formed by etching insulating films for actual mounting purposes such as those described above. For such applications, for example, reference can be made to Science & Technology Co., Ltd., “Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimide”, April 2008, supervised by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library, “Fundamentals and Development of Polyimide Materials”, November 2011, and Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Society, “Latest Polyimide: Fundamentals and Applications”, NTS, August 2010.
又,本發明中的硬化膜亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成型部件時的用途、電子尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等中。Furthermore, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in the production of offset printing plates or screen printing plates, in the production of etching molded parts, and in the production of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
本發明的硬化膜的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(樹脂膜)之膜形成製程為較佳。 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程以及對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程及根據需要之上述顯影製程,且包括在50~450℃下加熱上述膜之加熱製程為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下(a)~(d)的製程亦較佳。 (a)將樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(樹脂組成物層)之膜形成製程 (b)膜形成製程之後,對膜進行曝光之曝光製程 (c)對經曝光之上述膜進行顯影之顯影製程 (d)將經顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下加熱之加熱製程 藉由在上述加熱製程中進行加熱,能夠進一步硬化利用曝光硬化之樹脂層。在該加熱製程中,例如上述熱鹼產生劑分解,可獲得充分的硬化性。The method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the method for producing the present invention") preferably includes a film forming process of applying the resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film (resin film). The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the above-mentioned film forming process, an exposure process of exposing the above-mentioned film, and a development process of developing the above-mentioned film. Furthermore, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention includes the above-mentioned film forming process and the above-mentioned development process as needed, and more preferably includes a heating process of heating the above-mentioned film at 50 to 450°C. Specifically, it is also preferred to include the following processes (a) to (d). (a) A film forming process of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film (resin composition layer) (b) An exposure process of exposing the film after the film forming process (c) A developing process of developing the exposed film (d) A heating process of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C By heating in the above heating process, the resin layer hardened by exposure can be further hardened. In the heating process, for example, the above-mentioned hot alkali generator is decomposed, and sufficient hardening can be obtained.
本發明的較佳實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化膜的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述之硬化膜的製造方法形成硬化膜之後,進而再次進行(a)的製程或(a)~(c)的製程、或者(a)~(d)的製程。尤其,依次將上述各製程進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,合計3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此對硬化膜進行積層,能夠形成積層體。在本發明中,尤其在設置有硬化膜之部分之上或硬化膜之間或該兩者中設置金屬層為較佳。此外,在積層體的製造中,無需重複(a)~(d)的製程全部,如上所述,藉由進行複數次至少(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的製程而能夠獲得硬化膜的積層體。The method for manufacturing a laminated body of a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for manufacturing a cured film of the present invention. After forming a cured film according to the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present embodiment, the process (a) or the processes (a) to (c), or the processes (a) to (d) are performed again. In particular, it is preferred to perform the above-mentioned processes in sequence a plurality of times, for example 2 to 5 times (that is, a total of 3 to 6 times). By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminated body can be formed. In the present invention, it is preferred to provide a metal layer on a portion where a cured film is provided or between the cured films, or in both. Furthermore, in the manufacture of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all of the processes (a) to (d). As described above, a laminate of a cured film can be obtained by performing at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d) a plurality of times.
<膜形成製程(層形成製程)> 本發明的較佳實施形態之製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(層狀)之膜形成製程(層形成製程)。<Film-forming process (layer-forming process)> The manufacturing method of the preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film-forming process (layer-forming process) of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layer).
基材的種類能夠根據用途適當設定,但並沒有特別限制,可舉出矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗玻璃)、TFT(薄膜晶體管)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。又,該等基材的表面上可以設置密接層、氧化層等層。本發明中,尤其半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及鑄模基材為更佳。 又,作為基材,例如使用板狀的基材(基板)。 又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 基材的形狀並沒有特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀,矩形形狀為較佳。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則直徑例如為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形形狀,例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。The type of substrate can be appropriately set according to the purpose, but there is no particular limitation. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, evaporated films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (thin film transistor) array substrates, and electrode plates of plasma display panels (PDP). In addition, a bonding layer, an oxide layer, and the like can be provided on the surface of the substrates. In the present invention, semiconductor substrates are particularly preferred, and silicon substrates, Cu substrates, and casting substrates are more preferred. In addition, as a substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) is used. In addition, a bonding layer or an oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular, with the rectangular shape being preferred. As for the size of the substrate, if it is circular, the diameter is, for example, 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
又,在樹脂層的表面或金屬層的表面形成樹脂組成物層時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。Furthermore, when a resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.
作為將樹脂組成物適用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred.
具體而言,作為適用方法,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從樹脂組成物層的厚度均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法。根據方法調整適當的固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,藉此能夠得到所需厚度的樹脂層。又,能夠根據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,只要為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,且只要為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速適用10秒~1分鐘左右。 又,根據感光性樹脂組成物的黏度或所設定的膜厚,以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒亦較佳。又,為了獲得均勻的膜厚,亦能夠組合複數種轉速來進行塗佈。 又,亦能夠適用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中,亦能夠較佳地利用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之製程。關於該種製程的例子,可舉出邊緣珠移除(EBR)、氣刀、背面沖洗等。 又,亦可以採用如下預濕製程:將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。Specifically, applicable methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet coating. From the perspective of the thickness uniformity of the resin composition layer, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet coating are more preferred. By adjusting the appropriate solid component concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer of a desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred, and for rectangular substrates, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. In addition, depending on the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition or the set film thickness, it is also preferred to apply at a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm for 10 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to obtain a uniform film thickness, multiple rotation speeds can be combined for coating. Furthermore, a method of transferring a coating formed by pre-imparting the coating on a pseudo support by the above-mentioned imparting method to a substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, in the present invention, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used. Furthermore, a process of removing excess film at the end of the substrate can also be performed. Examples of such processes include edge bead removal (EBR), air knife, back rinsing, etc. Furthermore, the following pre-wetting process may be adopted: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥製程> 本發明的製造方法亦可以包括在膜形成製程(層形成製程)之後為了去除溶劑而進行乾燥之製程。較佳之乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。<Drying process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may also include a drying process for removing the solvent after the film forming process (layer forming process). The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150°C, 70 to 130°C is more preferred, and 90 to 110°C is further preferred. The drying time may be 30 seconds to 20 minutes, 1 minute to 10 minutes is preferred, and 3 minutes to 7 minutes is more preferred.
<曝光製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對上述膜(樹脂組成物層)進行曝光之曝光製程。曝光量只要能夠使樹脂組成物硬化,則並沒有特別限定,例如,以波長365nm下的曝光能量換算計照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure process for exposing the above-mentioned film (resin composition layer). The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition. For example, it is preferably 100 to 10,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm2 , calculated as the exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當設定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, with 240 to 550 nm being the best.
關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係描述,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm及三次諧波355nm等。關於本發明中的樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可得到高曝光靈敏度。Regarding the exposure wavelength, if described in terms of its relationship with the light source, the following examples can be cited: (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer lasers (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beams, and (7) the second harmonic wave of YAG lasers at 532nm and the third harmonic wave at 355nm. The resin composition of the present invention is preferably exposed by a high-pressure mercury lamp, and preferably by i-rays, thereby achieving high exposure sensitivity.
<顯影製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對經曝光之膜(樹脂組成物層)進行顯影(對上述膜進行顯影)之顯影製程。藉由進行顯影,未曝光之部分(非曝光部)被去除。顯影方法只要能夠形成所需圖案,則並沒有特別限制,例如可舉出從噴嘴噴出顯影液、噴灑噴霧、基材的顯影液浸漬等,可較佳地利用噴嘴噴出。顯影製程能夠採用向基材連續供應顯影液之製程、顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。<Developing process> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a developing process for developing (developing) the exposed film (resin composition layer). By developing, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed. The developing method is not particularly limited as long as it can form the desired pattern. For example, it can be mentioned that the developer is sprayed from a nozzle, sprayed, and the substrate is immersed in the developer. The nozzle spraying can be preferably used. The developing process can adopt a process of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a process of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process of vibrating the developer using ultrasound, etc., and a process of combining these.
顯影使用顯影液來進行。關於顯影液,只要可去除未曝光之部分(非曝光部),則能夠沒有特別限制地使用。 作為顯影液,能夠使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液或鹼水溶液。Development is performed using a developer. As for the developer, any developer can be used without particular restrictions as long as it can remove the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion). As the developer, a developer containing an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。ClogP值能夠藉由在ChemBioDraw(化學生物圖)中輸入結構式而作為計算值求出。In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained as a calculated value by inputting a structural formula into ChemBioDraw.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環式烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,又亦可以較佳地舉出該等有機溶劑的混合物。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g. methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g. methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g. methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g. methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl ester)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like, and as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Examples of the preferred organic solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like; and examples of the preferred ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and the like; and examples of the preferred cyclic hydrocarbons include toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, and the like; and examples of the preferred sulfoxides include dimethyl sulfoxide, and mixtures of the organic solvents may also be preferably mentioned.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,在本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。又,顯影液包含有機溶劑時,能夠使用1種有機溶劑或混合使用2種以上。When the developer contains an organic solvent, in the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone is more preferred. When the developer contains an organic solvent, one organic solvent may be used or two or more organic solvents may be mixed and used.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,顯影液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,顯影液的100質量%可以為有機溶劑。When the developer contains an organic solvent, preferably 50% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent. In addition, 100% by mass of the developer may be the organic solvent.
顯影液係鹼水溶液時,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹼性化合物,可舉出TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、KOH(氫氧化鉀)、碳酸鈉等,較佳為TMAH。例如使用TMAH時,顯影液中的鹼性化合物在顯影液總質量中的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), KOH (potassium hydroxide), sodium carbonate, etc., and TMAH is preferred. For example, when TMAH is used, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass % in the total mass of the developer.
顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑、公知的消泡劑等。The developer may further contain other components. As other components, for example, known surfactants, known defoaming agents, etc. can be cited.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有如下方法:將基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、用噴嘴向基材上供給顯影液之覆液顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,用直流噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給顯影液之方法為較佳,從顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給顯影液之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下製程:用直流噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再次用直流噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以重複複數次該製程。 又,作為顯影製程中的顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給顯影液之製程、在基材上以大致靜止狀態保持顯影液之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。[Developer supply method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there is no particular limitation on the developer supply method, including the following methods: a method of immersing the substrate in the developer, a method of supplying the developer to the substrate using a nozzle for liquid coating development, or a method of continuously supplying the developer. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and examples include direct current nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspective of developer permeability, non-image removal, and manufacturing efficiency, a method of supplying developer with a DC nozzle or a method of continuously supplying developer with a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image portion, a method of supplying developer with a spray nozzle is preferred. In addition, the following process can be adopted: after continuously supplying developer with a DC nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after rotating and drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a DC nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. The process can also be repeated several times. In addition, as a method for supplying the developer in the developing process, a process of continuously supplying the developer on the substrate, a process of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound, etc., and a combination of these processes can be adopted.
作為顯影時間,5秒~10分鐘為較佳,10秒~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並沒有特別限定,通常能夠在10~45℃(較佳為20~40℃)下進行。The developing time is preferably 5 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution during the developing is not particularly limited, but can usually be carried out at 10 to 45°C (preferably 20 to 40°C).
在使用顯影液之處理之後,進而可以進行沖洗。又,亦可以採用在接觸於圖案上之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等方法。沖洗以與顯影液不同之溶劑進行為較佳。例如,能夠使用樹脂組成物中包含之溶劑進行沖洗。 顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,作為沖洗液,可舉出PGMEA(丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯)、IPA(異丙醇)等,較佳為PGMEA。又,作為在基於包含鹼水溶液之顯影液之顯影中的沖洗液,水為較佳。 關於沖洗時間,20秒~10分鐘為較佳,10秒~5分鐘為更佳,5秒~1分鐘為進一步較佳。 沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並沒有特別限定,較佳為能夠在10~45℃(18℃~30℃為更佳)下進行。After the treatment with the developer, rinsing can be performed. Alternatively, a method such as supplying a rinsing solution before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried can be adopted. It is preferred that the rinsing be performed with a solvent different from the developer. For example, a solvent contained in the resin composition can be used for rinsing. When the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, PGMEA (propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate), IPA (isopropyl alcohol), etc. can be cited as the rinsing solution, and PGMEA is preferred. Furthermore, as a rinsing solution in development based on a developer containing an alkaline aqueous solution, water is preferred. Regarding the rinsing time, 20 seconds to 10 minutes is preferred, 10 seconds to 5 minutes is more preferred, and 5 seconds to 1 minute is further preferred. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly limited, but it is preferably performed at 10 to 45°C (18 to 30°C is more preferred).
作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate, ethyl ethoxy acetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxy propionates (e.g., 3- Alkoxy propionic acid methyl esters, 3-alkoxy propionic acid ethyl esters, etc. (for example, 3-methoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 3-methoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 3-ethoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 3-ethoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, etc.)), 2-alkoxy propionic acid alkyl esters (for example, 2-alkoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-alkoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 2-alkoxy propionic acid propyl ester, etc. (for example, 2-methoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-methoxy propionic acid ethyl ester, 2-methoxy propionic acid propyl ester, 2-ethoxy propionic acid methyl ester, 2-ethoxy propionic acid ethyl ester)), 2-alkoxy-2-methyl propionic acid methyl ester and 2-alkoxy-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester (for example, 2-methoxy-2- As ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate, ethyl thiocyanate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate Esters, etc., and ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc., and sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide, and alcohols, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, triethylene glycol, etc., and amides, for example, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,有機溶劑可以使用1種或混合使用2種以上。本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME are more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are further preferred.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,沖洗液可以為100質量%係有機溶劑。When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, preferably 50 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent, more preferably 70 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent, and even more preferably 90 mass % or more of the rinse liquid is the organic solvent. Alternatively, the rinse liquid may contain 100 mass % of the organic solvent.
沖洗液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑、公知的消泡劑等。The rinse solution may further contain other components. As other components, for example, known surfactants, known defoaming agents, etc. can be cited.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有如下方法:將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、基材上的覆液顯影、用噴淋頭向基材上供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直流噴嘴等方法在向基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率性的觀點考慮,用噴淋頭噴嘴、直流噴嘴、噴灑噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法為較佳,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為更佳,從沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗製程係利用直流噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之製程為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之製程為更佳。 又,作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給沖洗液之製程、在基材上以大致靜止狀態保持沖洗液之製程、利用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。[Method for supplying the rinse liquid] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there is no particular limitation on the method for supplying the rinse liquid. The following methods are available: a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, a method of developing the substrate with a liquid coating, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate with a shower head, a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by a direct current nozzle, etc. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removal of the non-image area, and the efficiency of manufacturing, it is better to supply the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a direct current nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc., and it is better to supply it continuously using a spray nozzle. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image area, it is better to supply it using a spray nozzle. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and direct current nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. That is, the rinsing process is preferably a process in which a rinsing liquid is supplied or continuously supplied to the film after exposure using a direct current nozzle, and a process in which a rinsing liquid is supplied using a spray nozzle is more preferred. In addition, as a method for supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing process, a process in which the rinsing liquid is continuously supplied to the substrate, a process in which the rinsing liquid is kept substantially stationary on the substrate, a process in which the rinsing liquid is vibrated on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a process in which these are combined can be adopted.
<加熱製程> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下加熱之製程(加熱製程)為較佳。 在膜形成製程(層形成製程)、乾燥製程及顯影製程之後包括加熱製程為較佳。在加熱製程中,例如藉由上述熱鹼產生劑分解而產生鹼,並作為特定樹脂的前驅物進行環化反應。又,本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含作為特定樹脂的除前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物,亦能夠使作為未反應的特定樹脂的除前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物的硬化等在該製程中進行。作為加熱製程中層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為更進一步較佳,160℃以上為又進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為更進一步較佳,220℃以下為又進一步較佳。<Heating process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a process (heating process) of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C. It is preferred to include a heating process after the film formation process (layer formation process), drying process and development process. In the heating process, for example, a base is generated by decomposing the above-mentioned hot alkali generator, and a cyclization reaction is carried out as a precursor of a specific resin. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a free radical polymerizable compound other than a precursor as a specific resin, and the curing of the free radical polymerizable compound other than a precursor as an unreacted specific resin may also be carried out in the process. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the middle layer in the heating process, 50°C or higher is preferred, 80°C or higher is more preferred, 140°C or higher is further preferred, 150°C or higher is further preferred, 160°C or higher is further preferred, and 170°C or higher is further preferred. As the upper limit, 500°C or lower is preferred, 450°C or lower is more preferred, 350°C or lower is further preferred, 250°C or lower is further preferred, and 220°C or lower is further preferred.
關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性的同時防止胺的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化膜的殘存應力。此外,能夠進行快速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒為更佳,3~6℃/秒為進一步較佳。Regarding heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 12°C/min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/min. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/min or more, it is possible to ensure productivity while preventing excessive volatile amines, and by setting the heating rate to 12°C/min or less, it is possible to alleviate the residual stress of the cured film. In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 8°C/sec from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 7°C/sec, and even more preferably 3 to 6°C/sec.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之製程時的溫度。例如,將樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後進行乾燥時,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比樹脂組成物中含有之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the process of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when a resin composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer), and it is preferably to gradually increase the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.
加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
尤其在形成多層積層體時,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,在180℃~320℃的加熱溫度下進行加熱為較佳,在180℃~260℃下進行加熱為更佳。其原因尚不確定,但認為是因為藉由設為該溫度,層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, heating is preferably performed at a heating temperature of 180°C to 320°C, and more preferably at 180°C to 260°C. The reason for this is not yet certain, but it is believed that this is because the acetylene groups of the specific resin between the layers undergo a cross-linking reaction.
加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃,且在180℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃,且在200℃下保持120分鐘之前處理製程。作為前處理製程之加熱溫度為100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該前處理製程中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由該等前處理製程能夠提高膜的特性。前處理製程在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。前處理可以為兩階段以上的製程,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行前處理製程1,然後於150~200℃的範圍內進行前處理製程2。Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the pre-treatment process can be performed by heating from 25°C to 180°C at 3°C/min and maintaining at 180°C for 60 minutes, and then heating from 180°C to 200°C at 2°C/min and maintaining at 200°C for 120 minutes. The heating temperature of the pre-treatment process is preferably 100-200°C, more preferably 110-190°C, and further preferably 120-185°C. In the pre-treatment process, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. The properties of the membrane can be improved by such pre-treatment processes. The pretreatment process can be carried out in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment can be a process of two or more stages, for example, pretreatment process 1 can be carried out in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then pretreatment process 2 can be carried out in the range of 150 to 200°C.
進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為該情況下的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate in this case is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.
關於加熱製程,從防止特定樹脂分解的方面考慮,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體等,在低氧濃度的氣氛下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱等。Regarding the heating process, it is better to carry out the process in an atmosphere with low oxygen concentration by circulating inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, and argon to prevent the decomposition of specific resins. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20ppm (volume ratio) or less. There is no particular limitation on the heating method, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, and a hot air oven.
<金屬層形成製程> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影後的膜(樹脂組成物層)的表面形成金屬層之金屬層形成製程為較佳。<Metal layer forming process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming process for forming a metal layer on the surface of the film (resin composition layer) after development.
作為金屬層,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅、鋁及包含該等金屬之合金為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used, and examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper, aluminum, and alloys containing these metals are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並沒有特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠利用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電解電鍍之圖案化方法。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, stripping, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a combination of these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.
作為金屬層的厚度,在最厚的壁厚部,0.01~100μm為較佳,0.1~50μm為更佳,1~10μm為進一步較佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 100 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 50 μm, and even more preferably 1 to 10 μm at the thickest wall portion.
<積層製程> 本發明的製造方法進一步包括積層製程為較佳。<Layering process> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably further includes a layering process.
積層製程係包括在硬化膜(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面,再次依次進行(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(d)加熱製程之一系列製程。其中,可以為僅重複(a)的膜形成製程之態樣。又,亦可以設為(d)加熱製程在積層的最後或中間統括進行之態樣。亦即,亦可以設為如下態樣:重複進行規定次數的(a)~(c)的製程,之後進行(d)的加熱,藉此將被積層之樹脂組成物層統括硬化。又,(c)顯影製程之後可以包括(e)金屬層形成製程,此時可以每次進行(d)的加熱,亦可以在積層規定次數之後統括進行(d)的加熱。積層製程中可以進一步適當包括上述乾燥製程和加熱製程等是毋庸置疑的。The lamination process includes a series of processes including (a) film formation process (layer formation process), (b) exposure process, (c) development process, and (d) heating process, which are performed again in sequence on the surface of the hardened film (resin layer) or metal layer. Among them, it can be a state where only the film formation process (a) is repeated. In addition, it can also be a state where the heating process (d) is performed at the end or in the middle of the lamination. That is, it can also be set as follows: the processes (a) to (c) are repeated a specified number of times, and then the heating (d) is performed, thereby hardening the resin composition layer to be laminated. Furthermore, the (c) developing process may include the (e) metal layer forming process, and the heating in (d) may be performed each time, or may be performed collectively after a predetermined number of layering processes. It is beyond doubt that the layering process may further appropriately include the above-mentioned drying process and heating process.
在積層製程之後進一步進行積層製程時,可以在上述加熱製程之後,在上述曝光製程之後或在上述金屬層形成製程之後進一步進行表面活化處理製程。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。When a further layering process is performed after the layering process, a surface activation treatment process may be further performed after the heating process, after the exposure process, or after the metal layer forming process. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment may be exemplified.
上述積層製程進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~5次為更佳,進行3~5次為進一步較佳。 又,積層製程中的各層可以為組成、形狀、膜厚等相同的層,亦可以為不同的層。The above-mentioned lamination process is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 5 times, and even more preferably 3 to 5 times. In addition, each layer in the lamination process may be the same layer in composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be different layers.
例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層等樹脂層為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,3層以上且7層以下的結構為更佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, a structure such as resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, in which the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less is preferred, a structure of 3 or more and 7 or less is more preferred, and a structure of 3 or more and 5 or less is further preferred.
本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步以覆蓋上述金屬層的方式,形成上述樹脂組成物的硬化膜(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程、(d)加熱製程之態樣或依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程,並在最後或中間統括設置(d)加熱製程之態樣。藉由交替進行積層樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層製程和金屬層形成製程,能夠交替積層樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, after the metal layer is provided, it is preferred to further form a hardened film (resin layer) of the resin composition in a manner covering the metal layer. Specifically, it is possible to cite an embodiment in which (a) a film forming process, (b) an exposure process, (c) a developing process, (e) a metal layer forming process, and (d) a heating process are sequentially repeated, or an embodiment in which (a) a film forming process, (b) an exposure process, (c) a developing process, and (e) a metal layer forming process are sequentially repeated, and (d) a heating process is provided at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing a lamination process of a resin composition layer (resin layer) and a metal layer forming process, it is possible to alternately laminarize a resin composition layer (resin layer) and a metal layer.
(表面活化處理製程) 本發明的積層體的製造方法可以包括對上述金屬層及感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理製程。 表面活化處理製程通常在金屬層形成製程之後進行,但可以在上述曝光顯影製程之後,對感光性樹脂組成物層進行表面活化處理製程之後進行金屬層形成製程。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中表面形成感光性樹脂組成物層區域的一部分或全部進行表面活化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之樹脂層的密接性。 又,表面活化處理亦對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如此,藉由對感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。 作為表面活化處理,具體而言,可以選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液來去除氧化覆膜之後浸漬於包含具有胺基和硫醇基中的至少1種的化合物之有機表面處理劑中的處理、使用刷子之機械性粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其將氧作為原料氣體之氧電漿處理為較佳。電暈放電處理的情況下,能量係500~200,000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100,000J/m2 為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m2 為最佳。(Surface activation treatment process) The method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention may include a surface activation treatment process for performing surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment process is usually performed after the metal layer forming process, but the metal layer forming process may be performed after the above-mentioned exposure and development process and after the photosensitive resin composition layer is subjected to the surface activation treatment process. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least a portion of the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer, or may be performed on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer. It is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or the entirety of the region of the metal layer where the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed on the surface. Thus, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin layer disposed on the surface can be improved. Furthermore, it is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or the entirety of the photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. Thus, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer or the resin layer disposed on the surface subjected to the surface activation treatment can be improved. Specifically, the surface activation treatment may be selected from plasma treatment using various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment of removing oxide film by immersion in aqueous hydrochloric acid solution and then immersion in an organic surface treatment agent containing a compound having at least one of an amino group and a thiol group, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/ m2 , more preferably 1000-100,000 J/ m2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/ m2 .
本發明亦揭示包含本發明的硬化膜或積層體之半導體元件。作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。 [實施例]The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 and FIG. 1, and such contents are incorporated into this specification. [Example]
以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例中示出之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要沒有特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The present invention is further described in detail below by way of examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
<合成例1:聚合物A-1的合成> 在具備攪拌機、冷凝器及帶內部溫度計的平底接頭(joint)之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊使4,4’-二鄰苯二甲酸二酐9.49g(32.25mmol)、氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25mmol)懸浮於二甘二甲醚140mL中。持續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129mmol)、氫醌0.05g、純水0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135mmol),在60℃的溫度下交班了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫醯氯16.1g(135.5mmol)。獲得了吡啶鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱物。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫,攪拌2小時後,添加吡啶9.7g(123mmol)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25mL,藉此獲得了透明溶液。接著,對所獲得之透明溶液經1小時以滴加的方式添加了使4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7mmol)溶解於NMP100mL中者。接著,添加甲烷5.6g(17.5mmol)和3,5-二-三級丁基-4-羥甲苯0.05g,將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升水中沉澱,以500rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,在4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在減壓下、以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-1。<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of polymer A-1> In a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser, and a flat-bottomed joint with an internal thermometer, 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4'-diphthalic acid dianhydride and 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride were suspended in 140 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing water. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 0.05 g of pure water, and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were added successively at 60°C for 18 hours. Then, after the mixture was cooled to -20°C, 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridine hydrochloride was obtained. Then, the mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours, and then 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a transparent solution. Then, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour to the obtained transparent solution. Then, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methane and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Next, the polyimide precursor resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor resin was obtained by filtration, and was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide precursor resin was dried at 45° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days, thereby obtaining polymer A-1.
<合成例2:聚合物A-2的合成> 在具備攪拌機、冷凝器及帶內部溫度計的平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分,一邊將2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷65.56g(179mmol)及1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷2.48g(10mmol)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)300g中。接著,添加氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐62.04g(200mmol),在40℃的溫度下攪拌了2小時。接著,添加甲苯50mL及3-胺基苯酚2.18g(10mmol),在40℃下攪拌了2小時。攪拌後,以200ml/min的流量流通氮的同時,將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液滴加甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯24.82g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進而在60℃下攪拌了3小時。將其冷卻至25℃,添加乙酸10g,並在25℃下攪拌了1小時。攪拌後,使其在2升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾收集所析出的聚醯亞胺樹脂,用1.5升水進行淋洗之後,將濾出物與2升甲醇混合,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺在減壓下,以40℃乾燥1天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-2。<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of polymer A-2> In a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, a condenser, and a flat-bottomed joint with an internal thermometer, 65.56 g (179 mmol) of 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 2.48 g (10 mmol) of 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane were dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) while removing water. Then, 62.04 g (200 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. Then, 50 mL of toluene and 2.18 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminophenol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. After stirring, the temperature was raised to 180°C while nitrogen was circulated at a flow rate of 200 ml/min, and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to 25°C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 24.82 g (160 mmol) of 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours, and then stirred at 60°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to 25°C, 10 g of acetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After stirring, the mixture was precipitated in 2 liters of water/methanol = 75/25 (volume ratio), and stirred at 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was collected by filtration, rinsed with 1.5 liters of water, mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide was dried at 40° C. under reduced pressure for 1 day to obtain polymer A-2.
<合成例3:聚合物A-3的合成> 向具備溫度計、攪拌機、氮氣導入管之三口燒瓶中添加27.55g(0.160mol)的1,4-環己烷二羧酸(順式、反式混合物,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)和64.28g的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP),在室溫下滴加了亞硫醯氯38.07g(0.320mol)。結束滴加之後,在室溫下攪拌1小時,在減壓下蒸餾去除過量的亞硫醯氯,由此獲得了1,4-環己烷二羧酸二氯化物(順式、反式混合物)作為30質量%NMP溶液。 向具備溫度計、攪拌器、氮氣導入管之三口燒瓶中添加了73.25g(0.200mol)的六氟-2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Bis-AP-AF,Central Glass Co.,Ltd.製)、31.64g(0.400mol)的吡啶及293g的NMP。將其在室溫下攪拌,接著在乾冰/甲醇浴中冷卻至-15℃。將反應溫度維持在-5℃~-15℃的同時,向該溶液滴加了30.11g(0.144mol)的1,4-環己烷二羧酸二氯化物的30質量%NMP溶液、3.83g(0.016mol)的泌脂醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、96.25g的NMP的混合溶液。結束滴加之後,將所獲得之混合物在室溫下攪拌了16小時。 接著,將該反應液在冰/甲醇浴中冷卻至-5℃以下,將反應溫度維持在-0℃以下的同時,滴加了丁醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)9.59g(0.090mol)和34.5g的NMP的混合液。結束滴加之後,進一步攪拌了16小時。 用NMP550g稀釋該反應液,投入至劇烈攪拌之4L脫離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,藉由過濾回收所析出的白色粉體,之後用脫離子水清洗。將聚合物在50℃下真空乾燥2天,藉此獲得了樹脂A-1a。 向茄型燒瓶添加25.00g的樹脂A-1a、125g的NMP及125g的甲基乙基酮,在60℃進行減壓濃縮直至內容物變成160g。對其添加0.43g(1.85mmol)的樟腦磺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)和5.12g(0.065mol)的2,3-二氫呋喃(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製),並在室溫下攪拌了1.5小時。在所獲得之溶液中添加三乙胺0.37g和NMP150g,並進行了稀釋。 將所獲得之溶液投入至劇烈攪拌之2L脫離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,藉由過濾回收所析出的白色粉體,之後用脫離子水清洗。將聚合物在50℃下真空乾燥2天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-3。<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of polymer A-3> Into a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet tube, 27.55 g (0.160 mol) of 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid (cis-trans mixture, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 64.28 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and 38.07 g (0.320 mol) of sulfinyl chloride was added dropwise at room temperature. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and the excess sulfinyl chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid dichloride (cis-trans mixture) as a 30 mass% NMP solution. 73.25 g (0.200 mol) of hexafluoro-2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (Bis-AP-AF, manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.), 31.64 g (0.400 mol) of pyridine and 293 g of NMP were added to a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube. The mixture was stirred at room temperature and then cooled to -15°C in a dry ice/methanol bath. While maintaining the reaction temperature at -5°C to -15°C, 30.11 g (0.144 mol) of a 30% by mass NMP solution of 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid dichloride, 3.83 g (0.016 mol) of butyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and 96.25 g of a mixed solution of NMP were added dropwise to the solution. After the addition was completed, the obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled to below -5°C in an ice/methanol bath, and while maintaining the reaction temperature below -0°C, a mixed solution of 9.59 g (0.090 mol) of butyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 34.5 g of NMP was added dropwise. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with 550 g of NMP and added to a vigorously stirred 4 L deionized water/methanol (80/20 volume ratio) mixture. The precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was vacuum dried at 50°C for 2 days to obtain resin A-1a. 25.00 g of resin A-1a, 125 g of NMP and 125 g of methyl ethyl ketone were added to an eggplant-shaped flask and concentrated under reduced pressure at 60°C until the content became 160 g. 0.43 g (1.85 mmol) of camphorsulfonic acid (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 5.12 g (0.065 mol) of 2,3-dihydrofuran (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) were added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. 0.37 g of triethylamine and 150 g of NMP were added to the obtained solution, and the solution was diluted. The obtained solution was poured into a 2 L deionized water/methanol (80/20 volume ratio) mixture that was stirred vigorously, and the precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was vacuum dried at 50°C for 2 days to obtain polymer A-3.
<合成例4:聚合物A-4的合成> 在合成例1中,使用1,6-二胺基己烷6.82g(58.7mmol)來代替4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7mmol),除此以外,以與合成例1中記載之方法相同的方法進行反應來獲得了聚合物A-4。<Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Polymer A-4> In Synthesis Example 1, except that 6.82 g (58.7 mmol) of 1,6-diaminohexane was used instead of 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, the same reaction method as described in Synthesis Example 1 was used to obtain Polymer A-4.
<合成例5:聚合物A-5的合成> 混合20.0g(64.5mmol)的4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(將4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸在140℃下乾燥12小時的物質)、18.6g(129mmol)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、10.7g的吡啶及140g的二甘二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚),在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了4,4’-氧代二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5mmol)的SOCl2 。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,在室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,將11.08g(58.7mmol)的4,4’-氧基二苯胺溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮中的溶液在20~23℃下經20分鐘滴加至反應混合物中。接著,將反應混合物在室溫下攪拌了1夜。接著,放入5升水中,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,以5000rpm的速度將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物攪拌了15分鐘。濾取聚醯亞胺前驅物,放入4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,再次進行了濾取。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在減壓下、以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-5。<Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Polymer A-5> 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride (4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 10.7 g of pyridine and 140 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while the temperature was maintained at -10±4°C. After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at 20-23°C over 20 minutes. Next, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 night. Next, 5 liters of water were added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was filtered, put into 4 liters of water and stirred for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide precursor was then dried at 45° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain polymer A-5.
<合成例6:聚合物A-6的合成> 在聚合物A-1的合成中,將氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25mmol)變更為氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐20.0g(64.50mmol),未使用4,4’二鄰苯二甲酸二酐,除此以外,以與聚合物A-1相同的方法進行合成,藉此合成了聚合物A-1-1。 又,4,4’-二鄰苯二甲酸二酐9.49g(32.25mmol)變更為4,4’-二鄰苯二甲酸二酐18.98g(64.50mmol),未使用氧代二鄰苯二甲酸二酐,除此以外,以與聚合物A-1相同的方法進行合成,藉此合成了聚合物A-1-2。 將所獲得之聚合物A-1-1與聚合物A-1-2以1:1(質量比)混合,藉此獲得了聚合物A-6。<Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Polymer A-6> In the synthesis of polymer A-1, 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride was replaced with 20.0 g (64.50 mmol) of oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, and 4,4'-diphthalic acid dianhydride was not used. The same method as polymer A-1 was used to synthesize polymer A-1-1. In addition, 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4'-diphthalic acid dianhydride was replaced with 18.98 g (64.50 mmol) of 4,4'-diphthalic acid dianhydride, and oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride was not used. The same method as polymer A-1 was used to synthesize polymer A-1-2. The obtained polymer A-1-1 and polymer A-1-2 were mixed at a ratio of 1:1 (mass ratio), thereby obtaining polymer A-6.
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表1~表3中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表2中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,除表1~表3中記載之溶劑以外的成分的含量設為表1~表3的各欄中記載之量(質量份)。又,在各組成物中,溶劑的總含量設為組成物的固體成分濃度(質量%)成為表1~表3中記載之值,各溶劑的含有比設為成為基於表1~表3的各欄中記載之數值之質量比。 使所獲得之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器來進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1~表3中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有該成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components listed in Tables 1 to 3 below were mixed to obtain each resin composition. In addition, in each comparative example, the components listed in Table 2 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. Specifically, the content of the components other than the solvents listed in Tables 1 to 3 is set to the amount (mass part) listed in each column of Tables 1 to 3. In addition, in each composition, the total content of the solvent is set to the solid content concentration (mass %) of the composition to be the value listed in Tables 1 to 3, and the content ratio of each solvent is set to be the mass ratio based on the values listed in each column of Tables 1 to 3. The obtained resin composition and the comparative composition were filtered under pressure through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In Tables 1 to 3, the entry "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the component.
[表1]
[表2]
[表3]
表1~表3中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each component listed in Tables 1 to 3 are as follows.
〔樹脂〕 ・A-1~A-6:在上述合成例中合成之聚合物A-1~A-6[Resin] ・A-1 to A-6: Polymers A-1 to A-6 synthesized in the above synthesis example
〔自由基交聯劑〕 ・B-1:四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯 ・B-2:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 ・B-3:LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co.,LTD.製)[Free Radical Crosslinking Agent] ・B-1: Tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate ・B-2: Dipentatriol hexaacrylate ・B-3: LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL Co., LTD.)
〔酸交聯劑〕 ・B-4:NIKALAC MX-270(SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)[Acid crosslinking agent] ・B-4: NIKALAC MX-270 (manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.)
〔感光性化合物〕 ・C-1:Irgacure 784(BASF公司製) ・C-2:Irgacure OXE-01(BASF公司製) ・C-3:ADEKA NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製) ・C-4:由下述式(C-4)表示之光酸產生劑(BASF公司製,PAG-103) [化學式61] [Photosensitive compound] ・C-1: Irgacure 784 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-2: Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-3: ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) ・C-4: Photoacid generator represented by the following formula (C-4) (manufactured by BASF, PAG-103) [Chemical formula 61]
〔矽烷偶合劑〕 ・D-1:N-(3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基)鄰甲醯醯胺苯甲酸 ・D-2:二苯甲酮-3,3’-雙(N-(3-三乙氧基矽基)丙基醯胺)-4,4’-二羧酸 ・D-3:IM-1000(JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation製) ・D-4:3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,KBM-403) ・D-5:N-[3-(三乙氧基矽基)丙基]順丁烯二酸單醯胺[Silane coupling agent] ・D-1: N-(3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl)-2-methylaminobenzoic acid ・D-2: Benzophenone-3,3'-bis(N-(3-triethoxysilyl)propylamide)-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid ・D-3: IM-1000 (manufactured by JX Nippon Mining & Metals Corporation) ・D-4: 3-Glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-403) ・D-5: N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]maleic acid monoamide
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・E-1:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚 ・E-2:4-甲氧基苯酚(MEHQ) ・E-3:4-甲氧基-1-萘酚 ・E-4:對苯醌 ・E-5:由下述式(E-5)表示之化合物 ・E-6:N,N’-二苯基-對伸苯基二胺 ・E-7:啡噻𠯤 ・E-8:2,4-二-三級丁基苯酚 ・E-9:二-三級丁基羥基甲苯 ・E-10:氫醌 ・E-11:甲氧基氫醌 ・E-12:1,4-萘醌 ・E-13:三級丁基鄰苯二酚 [化學式62] [Polymerization inhibitor] ・E-1: 2-Nitroso-1-naphthol ・E-2: 4-Methoxyphenol (MEHQ) ・E-3: 4-Methoxy-1-naphthol ・E-4: p-Benzoquinone ・E-5: Compound represented by the following formula (E-5) ・E-6: N,N'-diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine ・E-7: Phenothiazine ・E-8: 2,4-Di-tert-butylphenol ・E-9: Di-tert-butylhydroxytoluene ・E-10: Hydroquinone ・E-11: Methoxyhydroquinone ・E-12: 1,4-naphthoquinone ・E-13: Tert-butyl o-o-catechol [chemical formula 62]
〔添加劑〕 ・F-1:7-(二乙基胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯 ・F-2:1H-四唑 ・F-3:N-苯基二乙醇胺 ・F-4:1,3-二丁基硫脲[Additives] ・F-1: 7-(Diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester ・F-2: 1H-tetrazolyl ・F-3: N-phenyldiethanolamine ・F-4: 1,3-dibutylthiourea
〔熱酸產生劑〕 ・G-1:對甲苯磺酸異丙酯[Thermal acid generator] ・G-1: Isopropyl p-toluenesulfonate
〔熱鹼產生劑〕 H-1:下述式(H-1)中記載之化合物 [化學式63] [Thermoalkali generator] H-1: The compound represented by the following formula (H-1) [Chemical Formula 63]
〔界面活性劑〕 ・I-1:Viscoat 8FM(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製) ・I-2:硬脂酸甘油酯 ・I-3:Viscoat 4F(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製) ・I-4:Viscoat 8F(OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製) ・I-5:MEGAFACE DS-21(DIC Corporation製) ・I-6:1,1,1,3,5,5,5-七甲基-3-(3,3,3-三氟丙基)戊三矽氧烷 ・I-7:PF-6520(KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.製) 上述I-7係不滿足上述條件1及條件2中的任1個之界面活性劑。[Surfactant] ・I-1: Viscoat 8FM (manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.) ・I-2: Glyceryl stearate ・I-3: Viscoat 4F (manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.) ・I-4: Viscoat 8F (manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.) ・I-5: MEGAFACE DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) ・I-6: 1,1,1,3,5,5,5-heptamethyl-3-(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl) pentatrisiloxane ・I-7: PF-6520 (manufactured by KITAMURA CHEMICALS CO., LTD.) The above-mentioned I-7 is a surfactant that does not satisfy any one of the above-mentioned conditions 1 and 2.
〔溶劑〕 ・S-1:γ-丁內酯 ・S-2:二甲基亞碸 在表1~表3中,“溶劑中比率”一欄的記載表示相對於溶劑的總質量之各溶劑的含量(質量%)。[Solvent] ・S-1: γ-butyrolactone ・S-2: dimethyl sulfoxide In Tables 1 to 3, the column "Ratio in Solvent" indicates the content (mass %) of each solvent relative to the total mass of the solvent.
<評價> 〔形成複數層時的缺陷的評價〕 藉由旋塗法,將各實施例及比較例中製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別以層狀適用於銅基板上來形成了樹脂層1。將形成有所獲得之樹脂層1之銅基板在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥5分鐘,在銅基板上形成了表1~表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的樹脂組成物層1或比較用組成物層1。 在將包含C-1~C-3中的任1個之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物用作感光劑之例子中,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,藉由i射線對樹脂組成物層1或比較用組成物層1進行整體曝光,藉此獲得了樹脂層1-2。 在將包含C-4之樹脂組成物用作感光劑之例子中,未對樹脂組成物層1進行整體曝光而將樹脂組成物層1直接作為樹脂層1-2。 進而,將上述樹脂層1-2在氮氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1~表3的“硬化溫度(℃)”一欄中記載之溫度之後,將該溫度維持表1~表3的“硬化時間(min)”一欄中記載之時間,藉此獲得了樹脂膜。 藉由旋塗法,將與用於形成上述樹脂組成物層1或比較用組成物層1之組成物相同的樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別以層狀適用於上述樹脂膜上,藉此形成了樹脂層2。將形成有所獲得之樹脂層2之銅基板在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥5分鐘,在樹脂組成物層1或比較用組成物層1上形成了表1~表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的樹脂組成物層2或比較用組成物層2。 在將包含C-1~C-3中的任1個之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物用作感光劑之例子中,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,藉由i射線對樹脂組成物層2或比較用組成物層2進行整體曝光,藉此獲得了樹脂層2-2。 在將包含C-4之樹脂組成物用作感光劑之例子中,未對樹脂組成物層1進行整體曝光而將樹脂組成物層1直接作為樹脂層2-2。 進而,將上述樹脂層2-2在氮氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1~表3的“硬化溫度(℃)”一欄中記載之溫度之後,將該溫度維持表1~表3的“硬化時間(min)”一欄中記載之時間,藉此獲得了樹脂膜2。 利用光學顯微鏡,確認了樹脂膜2中空隙(void)的產生。將在1mm2 的區域中產生之空隙數作為指標值,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of defects when forming multiple layers] The resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied in layers on a copper substrate by spin coating to form a resin layer 1. The copper substrate on which the resin layer 1 was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer 1 or comparative composition layer 1 having a thickness described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of Tables 1 to 3 on the copper substrate. In the case where a resin composition containing any one of C-1 to C-3 or a comparative composition was used as a photosensitive agent, resin composition layer 1 or comparative composition layer 1 was entirely exposed to i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/cm 2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), thereby obtaining resin layer 1-2. In the case where a resin composition containing C-4 was used as a photosensitive agent, resin composition layer 1 was not entirely exposed and was directly used as resin layer 1-2. Furthermore, the resin layer 1-2 was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere until it reached the temperature listed in the "hardening temperature (°C)" column of Tables 1 to 3, and then the temperature was maintained for the time listed in the "hardening time (min)" column of Tables 1 to 3, thereby obtaining a resin film. The resin layer 2 was formed by applying the same resin composition or comparative composition as that used to form the resin composition layer 1 or the comparative composition layer 1 in a layered manner on the resin film by spin coating. The copper substrate on which the obtained resin layer 2 was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, and a resin composition layer 2 or a comparative composition layer 2 having a thickness described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of Tables 1 to 3 was formed on the resin composition layer 1 or the comparative composition layer 1. In the example where the resin composition or the comparative composition containing any one of C-1 to C-3 was used as a photosensitive agent, the resin composition layer 2 or the comparative composition layer 2 was entirely exposed to i-rays at an exposure energy of 500mJ/cm2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C), thereby obtaining a resin layer 2-2. In the example where the resin composition containing C-4 was used as the photosensitive agent, the resin composition layer 1 was not exposed as a whole, but was directly used as the resin layer 2-2. Furthermore, the resin layer 2-2 was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere until it reached the temperature described in the "hardening temperature (°C)" column of Tables 1 to 3, and then the temperature was maintained for the time described in the "hardening time (min)" column of Tables 1 to 3, thereby obtaining a resin film 2. The generation of voids in the resin film 2 was confirmed using an optical microscope. The number of voids generated in an area of 1 mm2 was used as an index value, and the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria.
-評價基準- A:每1mm2 的空隙數為3個以下。 B:每1mm2 的空隙數超過3個且10個以下。 C:每1mm2 的空隙數超過10個。-Evaluation Criteria- A: The number of voids per 1 mm2 is 3 or less. B: The number of voids per 1 mm2 is more than 3 and less than 10. C: The number of voids per 1 mm2 is more than 10.
<評價> 〔金屬密接性的評價〕 藉由旋塗法,將各實施例及比較例中製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物分別以層狀適用於銅基板上來形成了樹脂層。將形成有所獲得之樹脂層之銅基板在加熱板上,以100℃乾燥5分鐘,在銅基板上形成了表1~表3的“膜厚(μm)”一欄中記載之厚度的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。 在將包含C-1~C-3中的任1個之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物用作感光劑之例子中,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以500mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,使用形成有100μm見方的正方形形狀之非遮罩部之光罩,藉由i射線對銅基板上的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層進行了曝光。 在將包含C-4之樹脂組成物用作感光劑之例子中,利用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以150mJ/cm2 的曝光能量,使用形成有100μm見方的正方形形狀之遮罩部之光罩,藉由i射線對銅基板上的樹脂組成物層進行了曝光。 上述曝光之後,在表1~表3的“顯影液”一欄中記載為“S”的例子中,用環戊酮顯影60秒,藉此獲得了100μm見方的正方形形狀的樹脂層。 又,上述曝光之後,在表1~表3的“顯影液”一欄中記載為“A”的例子中,用2.3質量%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液顯影30秒,藉此獲得了100μm見方的正方形形狀的樹脂層。 進而,在氮氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到表1~表3的“硬化溫度(℃)”一欄中記載之溫度之後,將該溫度維持表1~表3的“硬化時間(min)”一欄中記載之時間,藉此獲得了樹脂膜2。 在25℃、65%相對濕度(RH)的環境下,利用黏合測試儀(XYZTEC公司製,CondorSigma)對銅基板上的100μm見方的正方形形狀的樹脂膜2測定了剪切力,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表3的“金屬密接性”一欄中。可以說剪切力越大,硬化膜的金屬密接性(銅密接性)越優異。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of Metal Adhesion] The resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied in a layer on a copper substrate by spin coating to form a resin layer. The copper substrate on which the resin layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a resin composition layer or comparative composition layer having a thickness described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of Tables 1 to 3 on the copper substrate. In the case where a resin composition or a comparative composition containing any one of C-1 to C-3 was used as a photosensitive agent, a resin composition layer or a comparative composition layer on a copper substrate was exposed to i-rays at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 using a mask having a square non-mask portion of 100 μm square using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). In the case where a resin composition containing C-4 was used as a photosensitive agent, a resin composition layer on a copper substrate was exposed to i-rays at an exposure energy of 150 mJ/ cm2 using a mask having a square mask portion of 100 μm square using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). After the above exposure, in the case where "S" is recorded in the "Developer" column of Tables 1 to 3, a resin layer having a square shape of 100 μm square was obtained by developing with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds. In addition, after the above exposure, in the case where "A" is recorded in the "Developer" column of Tables 1 to 3, a resin layer having a square shape of 100 μm square was obtained by developing with a 2.3 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 30 seconds. Furthermore, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere until the temperature described in the "Curing Temperature (°C)" column of Tables 1 to 3 was reached, and the temperature was maintained for the time described in the "Curing Time (min)" column of Tables 1 to 3 to obtain a resin film 2. The shear force of the 100μm square resin film 2 on the copper substrate was measured using an adhesion tester (CondorSigma, manufactured by XYZTEC) in an environment of 25°C and 65% relative humidity (RH), and the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are described in the "Metal Adhesion" column of Tables 1 to 3. It can be said that the greater the shear force, the better the metal adhesion (copper adhesion) of the cured film.
-評價基準- A:剪切力超過了40gf。 B:剪切力超過30gf且40gf以下。 C:剪切力為30gf以下。 又,1gf為0.00980665N。-Evaluation criteria- A: Shear force exceeds 40gf. B: Shear force exceeds 30gf and is less than 40gf. C: Shear force is less than 30gf. In addition, 1gf is 0.00980665N.
從以上結果可知,藉由本發明的樹脂組成物,可獲得金屬密接性優異之硬化膜。 比較例1之比較用組成物不包含界面活性劑。可知該種比較用組成物的金屬密接性差。 又,比較例2之比較用組成物僅包含不滿足上述條件1及條件2中的任1個之界面活性劑。可知該種比較用組成物的金屬密接性差。From the above results, it can be seen that the resin composition of the present invention can obtain a cured film with excellent metal adhesion. The comparison composition of Comparative Example 1 does not contain a surfactant. It can be seen that the metal adhesion of this comparison composition is poor. In addition, the comparison composition of Comparative Example 2 only contains a surfactant that does not satisfy any one of the above conditions 1 and 2. It can be seen that the metal adhesion of this comparison composition is poor.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將實施例1中使用的樹脂組成物層狀適用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層表面,在100℃下乾燥4分鐘,藉此形成膜厚20μm的樹脂組成物層之後,用步進機(Nikon Corporation製,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光後,以100℃加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱之後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,用PGMEA沖洗30秒,藉此獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,達到230℃之後,在230℃維持120分鐘,藉此形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造了半導體元件之結果,確認到正常工作。<Example 101> The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied to the copper thin layer surface of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and dried at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a resin composition layer with a film thickness of 20μm, and then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 10μm). After exposure, heating was performed at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the above heating, development was performed with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes and rinsing was performed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain a layer pattern. Then, in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min to 230°C, and then maintained at 230°C for 120 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, the results of manufacturing semiconductor components using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer confirmed normal operation.
無。without.
無。without.
Claims (18)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020017972A JP7431050B2 (en) | 2020-02-05 | 2020-02-05 | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
| JP2020-017972 | 2020-02-05 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202130707A TW202130707A (en) | 2021-08-16 |
| TWI875930B true TWI875930B (en) | 2025-03-11 |
Family
ID=77458231
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110102234A TWI875930B (en) | 2020-02-05 | 2021-01-21 | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7431050B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI875930B (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR102816081B1 (en) * | 2021-12-31 | 2025-06-05 | 한국전자기술연구원 | Whitening-suppressed transparent polyimide ink composition for display circuit board printing, transparent polyimide ink for display circuit board including the same composition, display circuit board therewith printed, display panel including the same circuit board and electronic device including the same panel |
| CN118974883A (en) * | 2022-04-06 | 2024-11-15 | 艾曲迪微系统股份有限公司 | Semiconductor device manufacturing method, hybrid bonding insulating film forming material and semiconductor device |
| WO2023202390A1 (en) * | 2022-04-18 | 2023-10-26 | 台州观宇科技有限公司 | Photoresist composition and method for patterning device |
| TW202424049A (en) * | 2022-09-30 | 2024-06-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element |
| WO2025070302A1 (en) * | 2023-09-29 | 2025-04-03 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition and method for producing interlayer insulating film for redistribution layer |
| WO2025094716A1 (en) * | 2023-11-02 | 2025-05-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201314364A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2013-04-01 | 日本傑恩股份有限公司 | Resin composition and semiconductor element substrate |
| JP2017098290A (en) * | 2015-11-18 | 2017-06-01 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Manufacturing method of display element |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2012159601A (en) * | 2011-01-31 | 2012-08-23 | Toray Ind Inc | Photosensitive resin composition |
| JP6631011B2 (en) * | 2014-02-06 | 2020-01-15 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Polyimide resin composition, polyimide film and device film using the resin composition |
| JP6427905B2 (en) * | 2014-03-18 | 2018-11-28 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Polyimide precursor composition, method for producing polyimide molded body, and polyimide molded body |
-
2020
- 2020-02-05 JP JP2020017972A patent/JP7431050B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-01-21 TW TW110102234A patent/TWI875930B/en active
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201314364A (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2013-04-01 | 日本傑恩股份有限公司 | Resin composition and semiconductor element substrate |
| JP2017098290A (en) * | 2015-11-18 | 2017-06-01 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Manufacturing method of display element |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2021123652A (en) | 2021-08-30 |
| TW202130707A (en) | 2021-08-16 |
| JP7431050B2 (en) | 2024-02-14 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI875930B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI878445B (en) | Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904169B (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, hardened films, laminates, methods for manufacturing hardened films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI890801B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI870556B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI869552B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI857161B (en) | Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element | |
| TWI860437B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI883191B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI857090B (en) | Thermosetting photosensitive composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875941B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI864226B (en) | Pattern forming method, laminate manufacturing method and electronic component manufacturing method | |
| TWI886225B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI894341B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| WO2021157306A1 (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI908623B (en) | Curable resin compositions, resin films, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI901645B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and device | |
| TWI912484B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TW202600668A (en) | Methods for manufacturing photosensitive resin compositions and patterns, photosensitive films, curing agents, laminates and components. |